mirror of
https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs.git
synced 2025-05-13 05:47:23 +00:00
Redirection files
This commit is contained in:
parent
1fed50d00e
commit
eaa2ff5b7e
@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start menu (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Windows 10 has a brand new Start experience.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 612FB68A-3832-451F-AA97-E73791FEAA9F
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["group policy", "start menu", "start screen"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows 10 has a brand new Start experience. As a result, there are changes to the Group Policy settings that you can use to manage Start. Some policy settings are new or changed, and some old Start policy settings still apply. Other Start policy settings no longer apply and are deprecated.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Start policy settings supported for Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These policy settings are available in **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu and Taskbar** under **User Configuration**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Policy</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Notes</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Clear history of recently opened documents on exit</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Documents that the user opens are tracked during the session. When the user signs off, the history of opened documents is deleted.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Jump Lists are lists of recently opened items, such as files, folders, or websites, organized by the program that you use to open them. This policy prevents users from pinning items to any Jump List.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Do not display or track items in Jump Lists from remote locations</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">When this policy is applied, only items local on the computer are shown in Jump Lists.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Do not keep history of recently opened documents</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Documents that the user opens are not tracked during the session.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Prevent changes to Taskbar and Start Menu Settings</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">In Windows 10, this disables all of the settings in <strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> as well as the options in dialog available via right-click Taskbar > <strong>Properties</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Use this policy in conjunction with [CopyProfile](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623229) or other methods for configuring the layout of Start to prevent users from changing it</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">In Windows 10, this removes the uninstall button in the context menu. It does not prevent users from uninstalling the app through other entry points (e.g. PowerShell)</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Remove All Programs list from the Start menu</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">In Windows 10, this removes the <strong>All apps</strong> button.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Remove and prevent access to the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">This removes the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands from the Start Menu, Start Menu power button, CTRL+ALT+DEL screen, and Alt+F4 Shut Down Windows menu.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Remove common program groups from Start Menu</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">As in earlier versions of Windows, this removes apps specified in the All Users profile from Start</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">In Windows 10, this removes the top left <strong>Most used</strong> group of apps.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Remove Logoff on the Start Menu</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Logoff</strong> has been changed to <strong>Sign Out</strong> in the user interface, however the functionality is the same.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Remove pinned programs list from the Start Menu</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">In Windows 10, this removes the bottom left group of apps (by default, only File Explorer and Settings are pinned).</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Show "Run as different user" command on Start</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">This enables the <strong>Run as different user</strong> option in the right-click menu for apps.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Start Layout</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>This applies a specific Start layout, and it also prevents users from changing the layout. This policy can be configured in <strong>User Configuration</strong> or <strong>Computer Configuration</strong>.</p>
|
|
||||||
<div class="alert">
|
|
||||||
<strong>Note</strong>
|
|
||||||
<p>Start Layout policy setting applies only to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.</p>
|
|
||||||
</div>
|
|
||||||
<div>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
</div></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Force Start to be either full screen size or menu size</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">This applies a specific size for Start.</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="deprecated-group-policy-settings-for-start-"></a>Deprecated Group Policy settings for Start
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Start policy settings listed below do not work on Windows 10. Most of them were deprecated in Windows 8 however a few more were deprecated in Windows 10. Deprecation in this case means that the policy setting will not work on Windows 10. The “Supported on” text for a policy setting will not list Windows 10. The policy settings are still in the Group Policy Management Console and can be used on the operating systems that they apply to.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Policy | When deprecated |
|
|
||||||
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------|
|
|
||||||
| Go to the desktop instead of Start when signing in | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| List desktop apps first in the Apps view | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Pin Apps to Start when installed (User or Computer) | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Default Programs link from the Start menu. | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Documents icon from Start Menu | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove programs on Settings menu | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Run menu from Start Menu | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove the "Undock PC" button from the Start Menu | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Search just apps from the Apps view | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Show Start on the display the user is using when they press the Windows logo key | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Show the Apps view automatically when the user goes to Start | Windows 10 |
|
|
||||||
| Add the Run command to the Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Change Start Menu power button | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Gray unavailable Windows Installer programs Start Menu shortcuts | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Downloads link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Favorites menu from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Games link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Help menu from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Homegroup link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Music icon from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Network icon from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Pictures icon from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Recent Items menu from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Recorded TV link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove user folder link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
| Remove Videos link from Start Menu | Windows 8 |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage corporate devices](manage-corporate-devices.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[New policies for Windows 10](new-policies-for-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start screens with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start screens with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start screens with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Configure devices without MDM (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Create a runtime provisioning package to apply settings, profiles, and file assets to a device running Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 66D14E97-E116-4218-8924-E2A326C9367E
|
|
||||||
keywords: runtime provisioning, provisioning package
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: mobile, devices
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: medium
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Configure devices without MDM
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Create a runtime provisioning package to apply settings, profiles, and file assets to a device running Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 Mobile, or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Sometimes mobile device management (MDM) isn't available to you for setting up a device because the device isn't connected to your network, or because an employee is remote and needs a fast replacement for a work device. You might not use MDM in your organization at all, but would like an easy way to place a standard configuration on multiple devices.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Rather than wiping a device and applying a new system image, in Windows 10 you can apply a provisioning package at any time. A provisioning package can include management instructions and policies, installation of specific apps, customization of network connections and policies, and more.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can provide provisioning packages on a network shared folder that employees can access to configure their devices. Or you can put a provisioning package on a USB flash drive or SD card to hand out.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Provisioning packages are simple for employees to install. And when they remove a provisioning package, policies that the package applied to their device are removed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Advantages
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- You can configure new devices without re-imaging.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Works on both mobile and desktop devices.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- No network connectivity required.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Simple for people to apply.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Ensures compliance and security before a device is enrolled in MDM.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Typical use cases
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Set up a new off-the-shelf device for an employee**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Package might include edition upgrade, device name, company root certificate, Wi-Fi profile, domain join with service account, or company application.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Configure an off-the-shelf mobile device to be used as a point of sale or inventory terminal**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Package might include edition upgrade, device name, company root certificate, Wi-Fi profile, security policies, company application, or assigned access (also known as [kiosk mode](set-up-a-device-for-anyone-to-use.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Help employees set up personally-owned devices to use for work**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Package might include company root certificate, Wi-Fi profiles, security policies, or company application.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> Test to make sure that removing the provisioning package from a personal device removes everything that the package installed. Some settings are not reverted when a provisioning package is removed from the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Repurpose devices by returning the device to a specific state between users**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Package might include computer name, company root certificate, Wi-Fi profile, or company application.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> To return the **Start** menu to a specific state, you must reset the device. When you reset the device, you can apply the provisioning package during the first-run experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For details about the settings you can customize in provisioning packages, see [Windows Provisioning settings reference]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619012).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Create a provisioning package
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) tool included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a runtime provisioning package. [Install the ADK.](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you run Windows ICD, you have several options for creating your package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Choose **Simple provisioning** to define a desired configuration in Windows ICD and then apply that configuration on target devices. The simple provisioning wizard makes the entire process quick and easy by guiding an IT administrator through common configuration settings in a step-by-step manner.
|
|
||||||
- Choose **Provision school devices** to quickly create provisioning packages that configure settings and policies tailored for students. Learn more about using Windows ICD to provision student PCs (link tb added).
|
|
||||||
- Choose **Advanced provisioning** to create provisioning packages in the advanced settings editor and include classic (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps for deployment on end-user devices.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
> When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Using Simple provisioning
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open Windows ICD (by default, `%windir%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe`).
|
|
||||||
2. Click **Simple provisioning**.
|
|
||||||
2. Name your project and click **Finish**.
|
|
||||||
3. In the **Set up device** step, enter a unique 15-character name for the device. For help generating a unique name, you can use %SERIAL%, which includes a hardware-specific serial number, or you can use %RAND:x%, which generates random characters of x length.
|
|
||||||
4. (Optional) You can upgrade the following editions of Windows 10 by providing a product key for the edition to upgrade to.
|
|
||||||
- Home to Education
|
|
||||||
- Pro to Education
|
|
||||||
- Pro to Enterprise
|
|
||||||
- Enterprise to Education
|
|
||||||
- Mobile to Mobile Enterprise
|
|
||||||
5. Click **Set up network**.
|
|
||||||
6. Toggle **On** or **Off** for wireless network connectivity. If you select **On**, enter the SSID, type, and (if required) password for the wireless network.
|
|
||||||
7. Click **Enroll into Active Directory**.
|
|
||||||
8. Toggle **Yes** or **No** for Active Directory enrollment. If you select **Yes**, enter the credentials for an account with permissions to enroll the device. (Optional) Enter a user name and password to create a local administrator account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!WARNING]
|
|
||||||
> If you don't create a local administrator account and the device fails to enroll in Active Directory for any reason, you will have to reimage the device and start over. As a best practice, we recommend:
|
|
||||||
>
|
|
||||||
>- Use a least-privileged domain account to join the device to the domain.
|
|
||||||
>- Create a temporary administrator account to use for debugging or reprovisioning if the device fails to enroll successfully.
|
|
||||||
>- [Use Group Policy to delete the temporary administrator account](https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/canitpro/2014/12/10/group-policy-creating-a-standard-local-admin-account/) after the device is enrolled in Active Directory.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. Click **Finish**.
|
|
||||||
10. Review your settings in the summary. You can return to previous pages to change your selections. Then, under **Protect your package**, toggle **Yes** or **No** to encrypt the provisioning package. If you select **Yes**, enter a password. This password must be entered to apply the encrypted provisioning package.
|
|
||||||
11. Click **Create**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Using Advanced provisioning
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open Windows ICD (by default, %windir%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
|
||||||
2. Click **Advanced provisioning**.
|
|
||||||
3. Choose **New provisioning package**.
|
|
||||||
3. Name your project, and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
4. Choose **All Windows editions**, **All Windows desktop editions**, or **All Windows mobile editions**, depending on the devices you intend to provision, and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
5. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
|
|
||||||
6. Configure settings. [Learn more about specific settings in provisioning packages.]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615916)
|
|
||||||
7. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
|
||||||
8. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
|
||||||
9. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
|
||||||
10. Set a value for **Package Version**.
|
|
||||||
> [!TIP]
|
|
||||||
> You can make changes to existing packages and change the version number to update previously applied packages.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
|
||||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
> We recommend that you include a trusted provisioning certificate in your provisioning package. When the package is applied to a device, the certificate is added to the system store and any package signed with that certificate thereafter can be applied silently.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go once it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.
|
|
||||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
|
||||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
|
||||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
|
||||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
|
||||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
|
||||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
16. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can provide that .ppkg to others through any of the following methods:
|
|
||||||
- Shared network folder
|
|
||||||
- SharePoint site
|
|
||||||
- Removable media (USB/SD)
|
|
||||||
- Email
|
|
||||||
- USB tether (mobile only)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Learn more: [Build and apply a provisioning package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=629651)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Apply package
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On a desktop computer, the employee goes to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Work access** > **Add or remove a management package** > **Add a package**, and selects the package to install. The user can also add a provisioning package simply by double-clicking the .ppkg file in local storage, on removable media, or at a URL.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On a mobile device, the employee goes to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Provisioning.** > **Add a package**, and selects the package on removable media to install.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Manage a package
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Users can view details or delete package (if policy allows deletion); only user-installed packages are listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Deleting a package removes settings, profiles, certificates, and apps it contains.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Use policies to disable manual deletion of packages, installation of unsigned packages, or the installation of any additional packages.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Update content by installing a new package with same name and new version number.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Optionally, keep packages when you reset a mobile device. When you reset a desktop, runtime packages are removed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Learn more
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Provisioning Windows 10 Devices with New Tools](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615921)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Windows 10 for Mobile Devices: Provisioning Is Not Imaging](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615922)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Configure Windows 10 taskbar (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Admins can pin apps to users' taskbars.
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["taskbar layout","pin apps"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: W10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
# Configure Windows 10 taskbar
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Starting in Windows 10, version 1607, administrators can pin additional apps to the taskbar and remove default pinned apps from the taskbar by adding a `<TaskbarLayout>` section to a layout modification XML file. This method never removes user-pinned apps from the taskbar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> The only aspect of the taskbar that can currently be configured by the layout modification XML file is the layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can specify different taskbar configurations based on device locale and region. There is no limit on the number of apps that you can pin. You specify apps using the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=614867) or Desktop Application Link Path (the local path to the application).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you specify an app to be pinned that is not provisioned for the user on the computer, the pinned icon won't appear on the taskbar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The order of apps in the XML file dictates the order of pinned apps on the taskbar from left to right, to the right of any existing apps pinned by the user.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> In operating systems configured to use a right-to-left language, the taskbar order will be reversed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how apps will be pinned: Windows default apps to the left (blue circle), apps pinned by the user in the center (orange triangle), and apps that you pin using the XML file to the right (green square).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Configure taskbar (general)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To configure the taskbar:
|
|
||||||
1. Create the XML file.
|
|
||||||
* If you are also [customizing the Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md), use `Export-StartLayout` to create the XML, and then add the `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>` section from the following sample to the file.
|
|
||||||
* If you are only configuring the taskbar, use the following sample to create a layout modification XML file.
|
|
||||||
2. Edit and save the XML file. You can use [AUMID](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=614867) or Desktop Application Link Path to identify the apps to pin to the taskbar.
|
|
||||||
* Use `<taskbar:UWA>` and [AUMID](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=614867) to pin Universal Windows Platform apps.
|
|
||||||
* Use `<taskbar:DesktopApp>` and Desktop Application Link Path to pin desktop applications.
|
|
||||||
3. Apply the layout modification XML file to devices using [Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md) or a [provisioning package created in Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>If you use a provisioning package to configure the taskbar, your configuration will be reapplied each time the explorer.exe process restarts. If your configuration pins an app and the user then unpins that app, the user's change will be overwritten the next time the configuration is applied. To apply a taskbar configuration that allows users to make changes that will persist, apply your configuration by using Group Policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Tips for finding AUMID and Desktop Application Link Path
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the layout modification XML file, you will need to add entries for applications in the XML markup. In order to pin an application, you need either its AUMID or Desktop Application Link Path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The easiest way to find this data for an application is to:
|
|
||||||
1. Pin the application to the Start menu on a reference or testing PC.
|
|
||||||
2. Open Windows PowerShell and run the `Export-StartLayout` cmdlet.
|
|
||||||
3. Open the generated XML file.
|
|
||||||
4. Look for an entry corresponding to the app you pinned.
|
|
||||||
5. Look for a property labeled `AppUserModelID` or `DesktopApplicationLinkPath`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Sample taskbar configuration XML file
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\File Explorer.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
### Sample taskbar configuration added to Start layout XML file
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<LayoutOptions StartTileGroupCellWidth="6" StartTileGroupsColumnCount="1" />
|
|
||||||
<DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
<StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:StartLayout GroupCellWidth="6" xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout">
|
|
||||||
<start:Group Name="Life at a glance" xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="0" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge" />
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="4" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Windows.Cortana_cw5n1h2txyewy!CortanaUI" />
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="2" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
</start:Group>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
</StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\File Explorer.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
##Keep default apps and add your own
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>` section will append listed apps to the taskbar by default. The following sample keeps the default apps pinned and adds pins for Paint, Microsoft Reader, and a command prompt.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Paint.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Reader_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.Reader" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%appdata%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\Command Prompt.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
**Before:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**After:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Remove default apps and add your own
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By adding `PinListPlacement="Replace"` to `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>`, you remove all default pinned apps; only the apps that you specify will be pinned to the taskbar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you only want to remove some of the default pinned apps, you would use this method to remove all default pinned apps and then include the default app that you want to keep in your list of pinned apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection PinListPlacement="Replace">
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Internet Explorer.lnk"/>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Paint.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
**Before:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**After:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Configure taskbar by country or region
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows you how to configure taskbars by country or region. When the layout is applied to a computer, if there is no `<TaskbarPinList>` node with a region tag for the current region, the first `<TaskbarPinList>` node that has no specified region will be applied. When you specify one or more countries or regions in a `<TaskbarPinList>` node, the specified apps are pinned on computers configured for any of the specified countries or regions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection PinListPlacement="Replace">
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout region="US|UK">
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList >
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\File Explorer.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Paint.lnk"/>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Reader_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.Reader" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout region="DE|FR">
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\File Explorer.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Excel_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.excel" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Paint.lnk"/>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Reader_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.Reader" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\File Explorer.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word" />
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:DesktopApp DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Paint.lnk"/>
|
|
||||||
<taskbar:UWA AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Reader_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.Reader" />
|
|
||||||
</taskbar:TaskbarPinList>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:TaskbarLayout>
|
|
||||||
</CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When the preceding example XML file is applied, the resulting taskbar for computers in the US or UK:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The resulting taskbar for computers in Germany or France:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The resulting taskbar for computers in any other country region:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> [Look up country and region codes (use the ISO Short column)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=786445)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Layout Modification Template schema definition
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<xsd:schema xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:local="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
targetNamespace="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"
|
|
||||||
elementFormDefault="qualified">
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<xsd:complexType name="ct_PinnedUWA">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attribute name="AppUserModelID" type="xsd:string" />
|
|
||||||
</xsd:complexType>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<xsd:complexType name="ct_PinnedDesktopApp">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attribute name="DesktopApplicationID" type="xsd:string" />
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attribute name="DesktopApplicationLinkPath" type="xsd:string" />
|
|
||||||
</xsd:complexType>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<xsd:complexType name="ct_TaskbarPinList">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:sequence>
|
|
||||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:element name="UWA" type="local:ct_PinnedUWA" />
|
|
||||||
<xsd:element name="DesktopApp" type="local:ct_PinnedDesktopApp" />
|
|
||||||
</xsd:choice>
|
|
||||||
</xsd:sequence>
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attribute name="Region" type="xsd:string" use="optional" />
|
|
||||||
</xsd:complexType>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<xsd:simpleType name="st_TaskbarPinListPlacement">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:enumeration value="Append" />
|
|
||||||
<xsd:enumeration value="Replace" />
|
|
||||||
</xsd:restriction>
|
|
||||||
</xsd:simpleType>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attributeGroup name="ag_SelectionAttributes">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attribute name="SKU" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/>
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attribute name="Region" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/>
|
|
||||||
</xsd:attributeGroup>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<xsd:complexType name="ct_TaskbarLayout">
|
|
||||||
<xsd:sequence>
|
|
||||||
<xsd:element name="TaskbarPinList" type="local:ct_TaskbarPinList" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1" />
|
|
||||||
</xsd:sequence>
|
|
||||||
<xsd:attributeGroup ref="local:ag_SelectionAttributes"/>
|
|
||||||
</xsd:complexType>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
</xsd:schema>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout ](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
description: Use this article to make informed decisions about how you can configure telemetry in your organization.
|
|
||||||
title: Configure Windows telemetry in your organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
keywords: privacy
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: security
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
author: brianlic-msft
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Configure Windows telemetry in your organization
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
- Windows Server 2016
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
At Microsoft, we use Windows telemetry to inform our decisions and focus our efforts in providing the most robust, most valuable platform for your business and the people who count on Windows to enable them to be as productive as possible. Telemetry gives users a voice in the operating system’s development. This guide describes the importance of Windows telemetry and how we protect that data. Additionally, it differentiates between telemetry and functional data. It also describes the telemetry levels that Windows supports. Of course, you can choose how much telemetry is shared with Microsoft, and this guide demonstrates how.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To frame a discussion about telemetry, it is important to understand Microsoft’s privacy principles. We earn customer trust every day by focusing on six key privacy principles as described at [privacy.microsoft.com](https://privacy.microsoft.com/). These principles guided the implementation of the Windows telemetry system in the following ways:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Control.** We offer customers control of the telemetry they share with us by providing easy-to-use management tools.
|
|
||||||
- **Transparency.** We provide information about the telemetry that Windows and Windows Server collects so our customers can make informed decisions.
|
|
||||||
- **Security.** We encrypt telemetry in transit from your device and protect that data at our secure data centers.
|
|
||||||
- **Strong legal protections.** We respect customers’ local privacy laws and fight for legal protection of their privacy as a fundamental human right.
|
|
||||||
- **No content-based targeting.** We take steps to avoid and minimize the collection of customer content, such as the content of files, chats, or emails, through the Windows telemetry system. Customer content inadvertently collected is kept confidential and not used for user targeting.
|
|
||||||
- **Benefits to you.** We collect Windows telemetry to help provide you with an up-to-date, more secure, reliable and performant product, and to improve Windows for all of our customers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This article applies to Windows and Windows Server telemetry only. Other Microsoft or third-party apps, such as System Center Configuration Manager, System Center Endpoint Protection, or System Center Data Protection Manager, might send data to their cloud services in ways that are inconsistent with this guide. Their publishers are responsible for notifying users of their privacy policies, telemetry controls, and so on. This article describes the types of telemetry we may gather, the ways you might manage it in your organization, and some examples of how telemetry can provide you with valuable insights into your enterprise deployments. Microsoft uses the data to quickly identify and address issues affecting its customers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use this article to make informed decisions about how you might configure telemetry in your organization. Telemetry is a term that means different things to different people and organizations. For the purpose of this article, we discuss telemetry as system data that is uploaded by the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component. The telemetry data is used to help keep Windows devices secure by identifying malware trends and other threats and to help Microsoft improve the quality of Windows and Microsoft services.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We are always striving to improve our documentation and welcome your feedback. You can provide feedback by contacting telmhelp@microsoft.com.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Overview
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In previous versions of Windows and Windows Server, Microsoft used telemetry to check for updated or new Windows Defender signatures, check whether Windows Update installations were successful, gather reliability information through the Reliability Analysis Component (RAC), and gather reliability information through the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program (CEIP) on Windows. In Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016, you can control telemetry streams by using the Privacy option in Settings, Group Policy, or MDM.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For Windows 10, we invite IT pros to join the [Windows Insider Program](http://insider.windows.com) to give us feedback on what we can do to make Windows work better for your organization.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Understanding Windows telemetry
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows as a Service is a fundamental change in how Microsoft plans, builds, and delivers the operating system. Historically, we released a major Windows version every few years. The effort required to deploy large and infrequent Windows versions was substantial. That effort included updating the infrastructure to support the upgrade. Windows as a Service accelerates the cadence to provide rich updates more frequently, and these updates require substantially less effort to roll out than earlier versions of Windows. Since it provides more value to organizations in a shorter timeframe, delivering Windows as a Service is a top priority for us.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The release cadence of Windows may be fast, so feedback is critical to its success. We rely on telemetry at each stage of the process to inform our decisions and prioritize our efforts.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### What is Windows telemetry?
|
|
||||||
Windows telemetry is vital technical data from Windows devices about the device and how Windows and related software are performing. It's used in the following ways:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Keep Windows up to date
|
|
||||||
- Keep Windows secure, reliable, and performant
|
|
||||||
- Improve Windows – through the aggregate analysis of the use of Windows
|
|
||||||
- Personalize Windows engagement surfaces
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Here are some specific examples of Windows telemetry data:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Type of hardware being used
|
|
||||||
- Applications installed and usage details
|
|
||||||
- Reliability information on device drivers
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### What is NOT telemetry?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Telemetry can sometimes be confused with functional data. Some Windows components and apps connect to Microsoft services directly, but the data they exchange is not telemetry. For example, exchanging a user’s location for local weather or news is not an example of telemetry—it is functional data that the app or service requires to satisfy the user’s request.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There are subtle differences between telemetry and functional data. Windows collects and sends telemetry in the background automatically. You can control how much information is gathered by setting the telemetry level. Microsoft tries to avoid collecting personal information wherever possible (for example, if a crash dump is collected and a document was in memory at the time of the crash). On the other hand, functional data can contain personal information. However, a user action, such as requesting news or asking Cortana a question, usually triggers collection and transmission of functional data.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you’re an IT pro that wants to manage Windows functional data sent from your organization to Microsoft, see [Manage connections from Windows operating system components to Microsoft services](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/manage/manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following are specific examples of functional data:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Current location for weather
|
|
||||||
- Bing searches
|
|
||||||
- Wallpaper and desktop settings synced across multiple devices
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Telemetry gives users a voice
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows and Windows Server telemetry gives every user a voice in the operating system’s development and ongoing improvement. It helps us understand how Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016 behaves in the real world, focus on user priorities, and make informed decisions that benefit them. For our enterprise customers, representation in the dataset on which we will make future design decisions is a real benefit. The following sections offer real examples of these benefits.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Drive higher app and driver quality
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Our ability to collect telemetry that drives improvements to Windows and Windows Server helps raise the bar for app and device driver quality. Telemetry helps us to quickly identify and fix critical reliability and security issues with apps and device drivers on given configurations. For example, we can identify an app that hangs on devices using a specific version of a video driver, allowing us to work with the app and device driver vendor to quickly fix the issue. The result is less downtime and reduced costs and increased productivity associated with troubleshooting these issues.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A real-world example of how Windows telemetry helps us quickly identify and fix issues is a particular version of a video driver that was crashing on some devices running Windows 10, causing the device to reboot. We detected the problem in our telemetry, and immediately contacted the third-party developer who builds the video driver. Working with the developer, we provided an updated driver to Windows Insiders within 24 hours. Based on telemetry from the Windows Insiders’ devices, we were able to validate the new version of the video driver, and rolled it out to the broad public as an update the next day. Telemetry helped us find, fix, and resolve this problem in just 48 hours, providing a better user experience and reducing costly support calls.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Improve end-user productivity
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows telemetry also helps Microsoft better understand how customers use (or do not use) the operating system’s features and related services. The insights we gain from this data helps us prioritize our engineering effort to directly impact our customers’ experiences. Examples are:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Start menu.** How do people change the Start menu layout? Do they pin other apps to it? Are there any apps that they frequently unpin? We use this dataset to adjust the default Start menu layout to better reflect people’s expectations when they turn on their device for the first time.
|
|
||||||
- **Cortana.** We use telemetry to monitor the scalability of our cloud service, improving search performance.
|
|
||||||
- **Application switching.** Research and observations from earlier Windows versions showed that people rarely used Alt+Tab to switch between applications. After discussing this with some users, we learned they loved the feature, saying that it would be highly productive, but they did not know about it previously. Based on this, we created the Task View button in Windows 10 to make this feature more discoverable. Later telemetry showed significantly higher usage of this feature.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**These examples show how the use of telemetry data enables Microsoft to build or enhance features which can help organizations increase employee productivity while lowering help desk calls.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Insights into your own organization
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Sharing information with Microsoft helps make Windows and other products better, but it can also help make your internal processes and user experiences better, as well. Microsoft is in the process of developing a set of analytics customized for your internal use. The first of these, called [Windows 10 Upgrade Analytics](../deploy/manage-windows-upgrades-with-upgrade-analytics.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### Windows 10 Upgrade Analytics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Upgrading to new operating system versions has traditionally been a challenging, complex, and slow process for many enterprises. Discovering applications and drivers and then testing them for potential compatibility issues have been among the biggest pain points.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To better help customers through this difficult process, Microsoft developed Upgrade Analytics to give enterprises the tools to plan and manage the upgrade process end to end and allowing them to adopt new Windows releases more quickly and on an ongoing basis.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
With Windows telemetry enabled, Microsoft collects computer, application, and driver compatibility-related information for analysis. We then identify compatibility issues that can block your upgrade and suggest fixes when they are known to Microsoft.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use Upgrade Analytics to get:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A visual workflow that guides you from pilot to production
|
|
||||||
- Detailed computer, driver, and application inventory
|
|
||||||
- Powerful computer level search and drill-downs
|
|
||||||
- Guidance and insights into application and driver compatibility issues with suggested fixes
|
|
||||||
- Data driven application rationalization tools
|
|
||||||
- Application usage information, allowing targeted validation; workflow to track validation progress and decisions
|
|
||||||
- Data export to commonly used software deployment tools
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Upgrade Analytics workflow steps you through the discovery and rationalization process until you have a list of computers that are ready to be upgraded.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## How is telemetry data handled by Microsoft?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Data collection
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016 includes the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component, which uses Event Tracing for Windows (ETW) tracelogging technology that gathers and stores telemetry events and data. The operating system and some Microsoft management solutions, such as System Center, use the same logging technology.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Operating system features and some management applications are instrumented to publish events and data. Examples of management applications include Virtual Machine Manager (VMM), Server Manager, and Storage Spaces.
|
|
||||||
2. Events are gathered using public operating system event logging and tracing APIs.
|
|
||||||
3. You can configure the telemetry level by using an MDM policy, Group Policy, or registry settings.
|
|
||||||
4. The Connected User Experience and Telemetry component transmits the telemetry data.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Info collected at the Enhanced and Full levels of telemetry is typically gathered at a fractional sampling rate, which can be as low as 1% of devices reporting data at those levels.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Data transmission
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All telemetry data is encrypted using SSL and uses certificate pinning during transfer from the device to the Microsoft Data Management Service. With Windows 10, data is uploaded on a schedule that is sensitive to event priority, battery use, and network cost. Real-time events, such as Windows Defender Advanced Threat Protection, are always sent immediately. Normal events are not uploaded on metered networks, unless you are on a metered server connection. On a free network, normal events can be uploaded every 4 hours if on battery, or every 15 minutes if on A/C power. Diagnostic and crash data are only uploaded on A/C power and free networks.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Endpoints
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Microsoft Data Management Service routes data back to our secure cloud storage. Only Microsoft personnel with a valid business justification are permitted access.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table defines the endpoints for telemetry services:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Service | Endpoint |
|
|
||||||
| - | - |
|
|
||||||
| Connected User Experience and Telemetry component | v10.vortex-win.data.microsoft.com<br />settings-win.data.microsoft.com |
|
|
||||||
| [Windows Error Reporting](http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/desktop/bb513641.aspx) | watson.telemetry.microsoft.com |
|
|
||||||
| [Online Crash Analysis](http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/desktop/ee416349.aspx) | oca.telemetry.microsoft.com |
|
|
||||||
| OneDrive app for Windows 10 | vortex.data.microsoft.com/collect/v1 |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Data use and access
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The principle of least privileged access guides access to telemetry data. Microsoft does not share personal data of our customers with third parties, except at the customer’s discretion or for the limited purposes described in the [Privacy Statement](https://privacy.microsoft.com/privacystatement). Microsoft may share business reports with OEMs and third party partners that include aggregated and anonymized telemetry information. Data-sharing decisions are made by an internal team including privacy, legal, and data management.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Retention
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Microsoft believes in and practices information minimization. We strive to gather only the info we need, and store it for as long as it’s needed to provide a service or for analysis. Much of the info about how Windows and apps are functioning is deleted within 30 days. Other info may be retained longer, such as error reporting data or Windows Store purchase history.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Telemetry levels
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This section explains the different telemetry levels in Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and System Center. These levels are available on all desktop and mobile editions of Windows 10, with the exception of the **Security** level which is limited to Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise, Windows 10 IoT Core (IoT Core), and Windows Server 2016.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The telemetry data is categorized into four levels:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Security**. Information that’s required to help keep Windows, Windows Server, and System Center secure, including data about the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component settings, the Malicious Software Removal Tool, and Windows Defender.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Basic**. Basic device info, including: quality-related data, app compatibility, app usage data, and data from the **Security** level.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enhanced**. Additional insights, including: how Windows, Windows Server, System Center, and apps are used, how they perform, advanced reliability data, and data from both the **Basic** and the **Security** levels.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Full**. All data necessary to identify and help to fix problems, plus data from the **Security**, **Basic**, and **Enhanced** levels.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The levels are cumulative and are illustrated in the following diagram. Also, these levels apply to all editions of Windows Server 2016.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Security level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Security level gathers only the telemetry info that is required to keep Windows devices, Windows Server, and guests protected with the latest security updates. This level is only available on Windows Server 2016, Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise, and Windos IoT Core editions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> If your organization relies on Windows Update for updates, you shouldn’t use the **Security** level. Because no Windows Update information is gathered at this level, important information about update failures is not sent. Microsoft uses this information to fix the causes of those failures and improve the quality of our updates.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and System Center Configuration Manager functionality is not affected at this level, nor is telemetry data about Windows Server features or System Center gathered.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The data gathered at this level includes:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Connected User Experience and Telemetry component settings**. If general telemetry data has been gathered and is queued, it is sent to Microsoft. Along with this telemetry, the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component may download a configuration settings file from Microsoft’s servers. This file is used to configure the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component itself. The data gathered by the client for this request includes OS information, device id (used to identify what specific device is requesting settings) and device class (for example, whether the device is server or desktop).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Malicious Software Removal Tool (MSRT)** The MSRT infection report contains information, including device info and IP address.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> You can turn off the MSRT infection report. No MSRT information is included if MSRT is not used. If Windows Update is turned off, MSRT will not be offered to users. For more info, see Microsoft KB article [891716](http://support.microsoft.com/kb/891716).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Windows Defender/Endpoint Protection**. Windows Defender and System Center Endpoint Protection requires some information to function, including: anti-malware signatures, diagnostic information, User Account Control settings, Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) settings, and IP address.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> This reporting can be turned off and no information is included if a customer is using third party antimalware software, or if Windows Defender is turned off. For more info, see [Windows Defender](manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md#bkmk-defender).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Microsoft recommends that Windows Update, Windows Defender, and MSRT remain enabled unless the enterprise uses alternative solutions such as Windows Server Update Services, System Center Configuration Manager, or a third party antimalware solution. Windows Update, Windows Defender, and MSRT provide core Windows functionality such as driver and OS updates, including security updates.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For servers with default telemetry settings and no Internet connectivity, you should set the telemetry level to **Security**. This stops data gathering for events that would not be uploaded due to the lack of Internet connectivity.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
No user content, such as user files or communications, is gathered at the **Security** telemetry level, and we take steps to avoid gathering any information that directly identifies a company or user, such as name, email address, or account ID. However, in rare circumstances, MSRT information may unintentionally contain personal information. For instance, some malware may create entries in a computer’s registry that include information such as a username, causing it to be gathered. MSRT reporting is optional and can be turned off at any time.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Basic level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Basic level gathers a limited set of data that’s critical for understanding the device and its configuration. This level also includes the **Security** level data. This level helps to identify problems that can occur on a particular hardware or software configuration. For example, it can help determine if crashes are more frequent on devices with a specific amount of memory or that are running a particular driver version. The Connected User Experience and Telemetry component does not gather telemetry data about System Center, but it can transmit telemetry for other non-Windows applications if they have user consent.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The data gathered at this level includes:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Basic device data**. Helps provide an understanding about the types of Windows devices and the configurations and types of native and virtualized Windows Server 2016 in the ecosystem. Examples include:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Device attributes, such as camera resolution and display type
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Internet Explorer version
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Battery attributes, such as capacity and type
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Networking attributes, such as number of network adapters, speed of network adapters, mobile operator network, and IMEI number
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Processor and memory attributes, such as number of cores, architecture, speed, memory size, and firmware
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Virtualization attribute, such as Second Level Address Translation (SLAT) support and guest operating system
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Operating system attributes, such as Windows edition and virtualization state
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Storage attributes, such as number of drives, type, and size
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Connected User Experience and Telemetry component quality metrics**. Helps provide an understanding about how the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component is functioning, including % of uploaded events, dropped events, and the last upload time.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Quality-related information**. Helps Microsoft develop a basic understanding of how a device and its operating system are performing. Some examples are the device characteristics of a Connected Standby device, the number of crashes or hangs, and application state change details, such as how much processor time and memory were used, and the total uptime for an app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Compatibility data**. Helps provide an understanding about which apps are installed on a device or virtual machine and identifies potential compatibility problems.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **General app data and app data for Internet Explorer add-ons**. Includes a list of apps that are installed on a native or virtualized instance of the OS and whether these apps function correctly after an upgrade. This app data includes the app name, publisher, version, and basic details about which files have been blocked from usage.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **App usage data**. Includes how an app is used, including how long an app is used, when the app has focus, and when the app is started
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Internet Explorer add-ons**. Includes a list of Internet Explorer add-ons that are installed on a device and whether these apps will work after an upgrade.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **System data**. Helps provide an understanding about whether a device meets the minimum requirements to upgrade to the next version of the operating system. System information includes the amount of memory, as well as information about the processor and BIOS.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Accessory device data**. Includes a list of accessory devices, such as printers or external storage devices, that are connected to Windows PCs and whether these devices will function after upgrading to a new version of the operating system.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Driver data**. Includes specific driver usage that’s meant to help figure out whether apps and devices will function after upgrading to a new version of the operating system. This can help to determine blocking issues and then help Microsoft and our partners apply fixes and improvements.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Windows Store**. Provides information about how the Windows Store performs, including app downloads, installations, and updates. It also includes Windows Store launches, page views, suspend and resumes, and obtaining licenses.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Enhanced level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Enhanced level gathers data about how Windows and apps are used and how they perform. This level also includes data from both the **Basic** and **Security** levels. This level helps to improve the user experience with the operating system and apps. Data from this level can be abstracted into patterns and trends that can help Microsoft determine future improvements.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This is the default level for Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education editions, and the minimum level needed to quickly identify and address Windows, Windows Server, and System Center quality issues.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The data gathered at this level includes:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Operating system events**. Helps to gain insights into different areas of the operating system, including networking, Hyper-V, Cortana, storage, file system, and other components.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Operating system app events**. A set of events resulting from Microsoft applications and management tools that were downloaded from the Store or pre-installed with Windows or Windows Server, including Server Manager, Photos, Mail, and Microsoft Edge.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Device-specific events**. Contains data about events that are specific to certain devices, such as Surface Hub and Microsoft HoloLens. For example, Microsoft HoloLens sends Holographic Processing Unit (HPU)-related events.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Some crash dump types**. All crash dump types, except for heap dumps and full dumps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component detects a problem on Windows 10 that requires gathering more detailed instrumentation, the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component at the **Enhanced** telemetry level will only gather data about the events associated with the specific issue.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Full level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Full level gathers data necessary to identify and to help fix problems, following the approval process described below. This level also includes data from the **Basic**, **Enhanced**, and **Security** levels.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Additionally, at this level, devices opted in to the [Windows Insider Program](http://insider.windows.com) will send events, such as reliability and app responsiveness. that can show Microsoft how pre-release binaries and features are performing. These events help us make decisions on which builds are flighted. All devices in the [Windows Insider Program](http://insider.windows.com) are automatically set to this level.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If a device experiences problems that are difficult to identify or repeat using Microsoft’s internal testing, additional data becomes necessary. This data can include any user content that might have triggered the problem and is gathered from a small sample of devices that have both opted into the **Full** telemetry level and have exhibited the problem.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
However, before more data is gathered, Microsoft’s privacy governance team, including privacy and other subject matter experts, must approve the diagnostics request made by a Microsoft engineer. If the request is approved, Microsoft engineers can use the following capabilities to get the information:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Ability to run a limited, pre-approved list of Microsoft certified diagnostic tools, such as msinfo32.exe, powercfg.exe, and dxdiag.exe.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Ability to get registry keys.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- All crash dump types, including heap dumps and full dumps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Enterprise management
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Sharing telemetry data with Microsoft provides many benefits to enterprises, so we do not recommend turning it off. For most enterprise customers, simply adjusting the telemetry level and managing specific components is the best option.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Customers can set the telemetry level in both the user interface and with existing management tools. Users can change the telemetry level in the **Diagnostic and usage data** setting. In the Settings app, it is in **Privacy\Feedback & diagnostics**. They can choose between Basic, Enhanced, and Full. The Security level is not available.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IT pros can use various methods, including Group Policy and Mobile Device Management (MDM), to choose a telemetry level. If you’re using Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, or Windows Server 2016, the Security telemetry level is available when managing the policy. Setting the telemetry level through policy overrides users’ choices. The remainder of this section describes how to do that.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Manage your telemetry settings
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We do not recommend that you turn off telemetry in your organization as valuable functionality may be impacted, but we recognize that in some scenarios this may be required. Use the steps in this section to do so for Windows, Windows Server, and System Center.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
> These telemetry levels only apply to Windows, Windows Server, and System Center components and apps that use the Connected User Experience and Telemetry component. Non-Windows components, such as Microsoft Office or other 3rd-party apps, may communicate with their cloud services outside of these telemetry levels. You should work with your app vendors to understand their telemetry policy, and how you can to opt in or opt out. For more information on how Microsoft Office uses telemetry, see [Overview of Office Telemetry](http://technet.microsoft.com/library/jj863580.aspx).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can turn on or turn off System Center telemetry gathering. The default is on and the data gathered at this level represents what is gathered by default when System Center telemetry is turned on. However, setting the operating system telemetry level to **Basic** will turn off System Center telemetry, even if the System Center telemetry switch is turned on.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The lowest telemetry setting level supported through management policies is **Security**. The lowest telemetry setting supported through the Settings UI is **Basic**. The default telemetry setting for Windows Server 2016 is **Enhanced**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Configure the operating system telemetry level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can configure your operating system telemetry settings using the management tools you’re already using, such as Group Policy, MDM, or Windows Provisioning. You can also manually change your settings using Registry Editor. Setting your telemetry levels through a management policy overrides any device level settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the appropriate value in the table below when you configure the management policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Level | Data gathered | Value |
|
|
||||||
| - | - | - |
|
|
||||||
| Security | Security data only. | **0** |
|
|
||||||
| Basic | Security data, and basic system and quality data. | **1** |
|
|
||||||
| Enhanced | Security data, basic system and quality data, and enhanced insights and advanced reliability data. | **2** |
|
|
||||||
| Full | Security data, basic system and quality data, enhanced insights and advanced reliability data, and full diagnostics data. | **3** |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Use Group Policy to set the telemetry level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use a Group Policy object to set your organization’s telemetry level.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. From the Group Policy Management Console, go to **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **Data Collection and Preview Builds**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Double-click **Allow Telemetry**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. In the **Options** box, select the level that you want to configure, and then click **OK**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Use MDM to set the telemetry level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the [Policy Configuration Service Provider (CSP)](http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962.aspx) to apply the System/AllowTelemetry MDM policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Use Registry Editor to set the telemetry level
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use Registry Editor to manually set the registry level on each device in your organization, or write a script to edit the registry. If a management policy already exists, such as Group Policy or MDM, it will override this registry setting.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open Registry Editor, and go to **HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Policies\\DataCollection**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Right-click **DataCollection**, click New, and then click **DWORD (32-bit) Value**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Type **AllowTelemetry**, and then press ENTER.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Double-click **AllowTelemetry**, set the desired value from the table above, and then click **OK.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Click **File** > **Export**, and then save the file as a .reg file, such as **C:\\AllowTelemetry.reg**. You can run this file from a script on each device in your organization.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Configure System Center 2016 telemetry
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For System Center 2016 Technical Preview, you can turn off System Center telemetry by following these steps:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Turn off telemetry by using the System Center UI Console settings workspace.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- For information about turning off telemetry for Service Management Automation and Service Provider Foundation, see [How to disable telemetry for Service Management Automation and Service Provider Foundation](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3096505).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Additional telemetry controls
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There are a few more settings that you can turn off that may send telemetry information:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- To turn off Windows Update telemetry, you have two choices. Either turn off Windows Update, or set your devices to be managed by an on premises update server, such as [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](http://technet.microsoft.com/library/hh852345.aspx) or [System Center Configuration Manager](http://www.microsoft.com/server-cloud/products/system-center-2012-r2-configuration-manager/).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Turn off **Windows Defender Cloud-based Protection** and **Automatic sample submission** in **Settings** > **Update & security** > **Windows Defender**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Manage the Malicious Software Removal Tool in your organization. For more info, see Microsoft KB article [891716](http://support.microsoft.com/kb/891716).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Turn off **Linguistic Data Collection** in **Settings** > **Privacy**. At telemetry levels **Enhanced** and **Full**, Microsoft uses Linguistic Data Collection info to improve language model features such as autocomplete, spellcheck, suggestions, input pattern recognition, and dictionary.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> Microsoft does not intend to gather sensitive information, such as credit card numbers, usernames and passwords, email addresses, or other similarly sensitive information for Linguistic Data Collection. We guard against such events by using technologies to identify and remove sensitive information before linguistic data is sent from the user's device. If we determine that sensitive information has been inadvertently received, we delete the information.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Additional resources
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FAQs
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Cortana, Search, and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-cortana-and-privacy)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows 10 feedback, diagnostics, and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-feedback-diagnostics-and-privacy)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows 10 camera and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-camera-and-privacy)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows 10 location service and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-location-and-privacy)
|
|
||||||
- [Microsoft Edge and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-microsoft-edge-and-privacy)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows 10 speech, inking, typing, and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-speech-inking-typing-and-privacy-faq)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows Hello and privacy](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-windows-hello-and-privacy)
|
|
||||||
- [Wi-Fi Sense](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-about-wifi-sense)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows Update Delivery Optimization](https://privacy.microsoft.com/windows-10-windows-update-delivery-optimization)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Blogs
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Privacy and Windows 10](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2015/09/28/privacy-and-windows-10)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Privacy Statement
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Microsoft Privacy Statement](https://privacy.microsoft.com/privacystatement)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TechNet
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Manage connections from Windows operating system components to Microsoft services](manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Web Pages
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Privacy at Microsoft](http://privacy.microsoft.com)
|
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up and test Cortana with Microsoft Dynamics CRM (Preview feature) in your organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: How to set up Cortana to help your salespeople get proactive insights on important CRM activities, including sales leads, accounts, and opportunities; presenting the most relevant info at any given time.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up and test Cortana with Microsoft Dynamics CRM (Preview feature) in your organization
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana integration is a Preview feature that's available for your test or dev environment, starting with the CRM Online 2016 Update. If you decide to use this Preview feature, you'll need to turn in on and accept the license terms. After that, your salespeople will get proactive insights from Cortana on important CRM activities, including sales leads, accounts, and opportunities; presenting the most relevant info at any given time. This can even include getting company-specific news that surfaces when the person is meeting with a representative from another company.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>For more info about Dynamics CRM integration, how to turn on Cortana, and how to provide feedback, see [Preview feature: Set up Cortana integration](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746819).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Turn on Cortana with Dynamics CRM in your organization
|
|
||||||
You must be a CRM administrator to turn on and use Preview features. For more info about what Preview features are and how to use them, see [What are Preview features and how do I enable them](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746817)?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn on Cortana with Dynamics CRM**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Go to **Settings**, and then click **Administration**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Choose **System Settings**, and then click the **Previews** tab.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Read the license terms, and if you agree, select the **I’ve read and agree to the license terms** check box.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. For each preview feature you want to enable, click **Yes**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Turn on Cortana with Dynamics CRM on your employees’ devices
|
|
||||||
You must tell your employees to turn on Cortana, before they’ll be able to use it with Dynamics CRM.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn on local Cortana with Dynamics CRM**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** search box in the taskbar, and then click the **Notebook** icon.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click on **Connected Services**, click **Dynamics CRM**, and then click **Connect**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The employee can also disconnect by clicking **Disconnect** from the **Dynamics CRM** screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Turn off Cortana with Dynamics CRM
|
|
||||||
Cortana can only access data in Dynamics CRM when it’s turned on. If you don’t want Cortana to access your corporate data, you can turn it off.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn off Cortana with Dynamics CRM**
|
|
||||||
1. Go to **Settings**, and then click **Administration**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Choose **System Settings**, and then click the **Previews** tab.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Click **No** for **Cortana**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All Dynamics CRM functionality related to Cortana is turned off in your organization.
|
|
@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Send feedback about Cortana at work back to Microsoft (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: How to send feedback to Microsoft about Cortana at work.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Send feedback about Cortana at work back to Microsoft
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We ask that you report bugs and issues. To provide feedback, you can click the **Feedback** icon in the Cortana window. When you send this form to Microsoft it also includes troubleshooting info, in case you run into problems.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you don't want to use the feedback tool in Cortana, you can add feedback through the general Windows Insider Preview feedback app. For info about the Insider Preview feedback app, see [How to use Windows Insider Preview – Updates and feedback](http://windows.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/preview-updates-feedback-pc).
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up and test Cortana with Office 365 in your organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: How to connect Cortana to Office 365 so your employees are notified about regular meetings, unusual events, such as meetings over lunch or during a typical commute time, and about early meetings, even setting an alarm so the employee isn’t late.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up and test Cortana with Office 365 in your organization
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana in Windows 10 is already great at letting your employees quickly see what the day is going to look like, do meeting prep work like researching people in LinkedIn or getting documents ready, see where and when their meetings are going to be, get a sense of travel times to and from work, and even get updates from a calendar for upcoming trips.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
But Cortana works even harder when she connects to Office 365, helping employees to be notified about unusual events, such as meetings over lunch or during a typical commute time, and about early meetings, even setting an alarm so the employee isn’t late.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We’re continuing to add more and more capabilities to Cortana so she can become even more helpful with your productivity-related tasks, such as emailing, scheduling, and other tasks that are important to help you be successful.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>For a quick review of the frequently asked questions about Cortana and Office 365 integration, see the blog post, [An early look at Cortana integration with Office 365](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717379).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Before you begin
|
|
||||||
There are a few things to be aware of before you start using Cortana with Office 365 in your organization.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Software requirements.** O365 integration with Cortana is available in all countries/regions where Cortana is supported for consumers today. This includes the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Italy, Germany, Spain, China, Japan, India, and Australia. As Cortana comes to more countries, it will also become available to organizations.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) account.** Before your employees can use Cortana in your org, they must be logged in using their Azure AD account through Cortana’s notebook. They must also authorize Cortana to access Office 365 on their behalf.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Office 365 Trust Center.** Cortana isn't a service covered by the Office 365 Trust Center. [Learn more about how Cortana treats your data](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=536419).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Troubleshooting tips.** If you run into issues, check out these [troubleshooting tips](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620763).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Turn on Cortana with Office 365 on employees’ devices
|
|
||||||
You must tell your employees to turn on Cortana before they’ll be able to use it with Office 365.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn on local Cortana with Office 365**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** search box in the taskbar, and then click the **Notebook** icon.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click on **Connected Services**, click **Office 365**, and then click **Connect**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The employee can also disconnect by clicking **Disconnect** from the **Office 365** screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Turn off Cortana with Office 365
|
|
||||||
Cortana can only access data in your Office 365 org when it’s turned on. If you don’t want Cortana to access your corporate data, you can turn it off in the Office 365 admin center.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn off Cortana with Office 365**
|
|
||||||
1. [Sign in to Office 365](http://www.office.com/signin) using your Azure AD account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Go to the [Office 365 admin center](https://support.office.com/en-us/article/Office-365-admin-center-58537702-d421-4d02-8141-e128e3703547).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Expand **Service Settings**, and select **Cortana**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Click **Cortana** to toggle Cortana off.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All Office 365 functionality related to Cortana is turned off in your organization and your employees are unable to use her at work.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Cortana integration in your business or enterprise (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: The world’s first personal digital assistant helps users get things done, even at work. Cortana includes powerful configuration options specifically to optimize for unique small to medium-sized business and enterprise environments.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Cortana integration in your business or enterprise
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Who is Cortana?
|
|
||||||
Cortana is Microsoft’s personal digital assistant, who helps busy people get things done, even while at work.
|
|
||||||
Cortana has powerful configuration options, specifically optimized for your business. By signing in with an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) account, your employees can give Cortana access to their enterprise/work identity, while getting all the functionality Cortana provides to them outside of work.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Using Azure AD also means that you can remove an employee’s profile (for example, when an employee leaves your organization) while respecting Windows Information Protection (WIP) policies and ignoring enterprise content, such as emails, calendar items, and people lists that are marked as enterprise data.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Where is Cortana available for use in my organization?
|
|
||||||
You can use Cortana at work in all countries/regions where Cortana is supported for consumers. This includes the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Italy, Germany, Spain, China, Japan, India, and Australia. As Cortana comes to more countries, she will also become available to enterprise customers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana is available on Windows 10, Windows Insider Program and with limited functionality on Windows Phone 8.1, Windows Insider Program.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Required hardware and software
|
|
||||||
Cortana requires the following hardware and software to successfully run the included scenario in your organization.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|Hardware |Description |
|
|
||||||
|---------|------------|
|
|
||||||
|Microphone |For speech interaction with Cortana. If you don't have a microphone, you can still interact with Cortana by typing in the Cortana Search Box in the taskbar. |
|
|
||||||
|Windows Phone |For location-specific reminders. You can also use a desktop device to run through this scenario, but location accuracy is usually better on phones. |
|
|
||||||
|Desktop devices |For non-phone-related scenarios. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|Software |Minimum version |
|
|
||||||
|---------|------------|
|
|
||||||
|Client operating system |<ul><li>**Desktop:** Windows 10, Windows Insider Program</li><li>**Mobile:** Windows 8.1, Windows Insider Program (with limited functionality)</li> |
|
|
||||||
|Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) |While all employees signing into Cortana need an Azure AD account; an Azure AD premium tenant isn’t required. |
|
|
||||||
|Additional policies (Group Policy and Mobile Device Management (MDM)) |There is a rich set of policies that can be used to manage various aspects of Cortana. Most of these policies will limit the abilities of Cortana, but won't turn Cortana off.<p>For example:<p>If you turn **Location** off, Cortana won't be able to provide location-based reminders, such as reminding you to visit the mail room when you get to work.<p>If you turn **Speech** off, your employees won't be able to use “Hello Cortana” for hands free usage or voice commands to easily ask for help. |
|
|
||||||
|Windows Information Protection (WIP) (optional) |If you want to secure the calendar, email, and contact info provided to Cortana on a device, you can use WIP. For more info about WIP, see [Protect your enterprise data using Windows Information Protection (WIP)](../keep-secure/protect-enterprise-data-using-wip.md)<p>If you decide to use WIP, you must also have a management solution. This can be Microsoft Intune, Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager (version 1606 or later), or your current company-wide 3rd party mobile device management (MDM) solution.|
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Signing in using Azure AD
|
|
||||||
Your organization must have an Azure AD tenant and your employees’ devices must all be Azure AD-joined for Cortana to work properly. For info about what an Azure AD tenant is, how to get your devices joined, and other Azure AD maintenance info, see [What is an Azure AD directory?](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/azure/jj573650.aspx)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Cortana and privacy
|
|
||||||
We understand that there are some questions about Cortana and your organization’s privacy, including concerns about what info is collected by Cortana, where the info is saved, how to manage what data is collected, how to turn Cortana off, how to opt completely out of data collection, and what info is shared with other Microsoft apps and services. For more details about these concerns, see the [Cortana, Search, and privacy: FAQ](http://windows.microsoft.com/windows-10/cortana-privacy-faq) topic.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana is covered under the [Microsoft Privacy Statement](https://privacy.microsoft.com/privacystatement) and [Microsoft Services Agreement](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/servicesagreement).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## See also
|
|
||||||
- [What is Cortana?](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746818)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Cortana and Windows](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=717384)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Known issues for Windows Desktop Search and Cortana in Windows 10](http://support.microsoft.com/kb/3206883/EN-US)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Cortana for developers](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=717385)
|
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Use Group Policy and mobile device management (MDM) settings to configure Cortana in your organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: The list of Group Policy and mobile device management (MDM) policy settings that apply to Cortana at work.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Use Group Policy and mobile device management (MDM) settings to configure Cortana in your organization
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>For specific info about how to set, manage, and use each of these MDM policies to configure Cortana in your enterprise, see the [Policy CSP](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717380) topic, located in the configuration service provider reference topics. For specific info about how to set, manage, and use each of these Group Policies to configure Cortana in your enterprise, see the [Group Policy TechCenter](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717381).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|Group policy |MDM policy |Description |
|
|
||||||
|-------------|-----------|------------|
|
|
||||||
|Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Search\AllowCortanaAboveLock|AboveLock/AllowCortanaAboveLock|Specifies whether an employee can interact with Cortana using voice commands when the system is locked.<p>**NOTE**<br>This setting only applies to Windows 10 for desktop devices. |
|
|
||||||
|Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel\Regional and Language Options\Allow input personalization|Privacy/AllowInputPersonalization|Specifies whether an employee can use voice commands with Cortana in your organization.<p>**In Windows 10, version 1511**<br>Cortana won’t work if this setting is turned off (disabled).<p>**In Windows 10, version 1607 and later**<br>Cortana still works if this setting is turned off (disabled).|
|
|
||||||
|None|System/AllowLocation|Specifies whether to allow app access to the Location service.<p>**In Windows 10, version 1511**<br>Cortana won’t work if this setting is turned off (disabled).<p>**In Windows 10, version 1607 and later**<br>Cortana still works if this setting is turned off (disabled).|
|
|
||||||
|None|Accounts/AllowMicrosoftAccountConnection|Specifies whether to allow employees to sign in using a Microsoft account (MSA) from Windows apps.<p>Use this setting if you only want to support Azure AD in your organization.|
|
|
||||||
|Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Search\Allow search and Cortana to use location|Search/AllowSearchToUseLocation|Specifies whether Cortana can use your current location during searches and for location reminders.|
|
|
||||||
|Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Search\Set the SafeSearch setting for Search|Search/SafeSearchPermissions|Specifies what level of safe search (filtering adult content) is required.<p>**NOTE**<br>This setting only applies to Windows 10 Mobile.|
|
|
||||||
|User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\File Explorer\Turn off display of recent search entries in the File Explorer search box|None|Specifies whether the search box can suggest recent queries and prevent entries from being stored in the registry for future reference.|
|
|
||||||
|Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Search\Don't search the web or display web results|None|Specifies whether search can perform queries on the web and if the web results are displayed in search.<p>**In Windows 10 Pro edition**<br>This setting can’t be managed.<p>**In Windows 10 Enterprise edition**<br>Cortana won't work if this setting is turned off (disabled).|
|
|
||||||
|Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Search\Allow Cortana|Experience/AllowCortana|Specifies whether employees can use Cortana.<p>**IMPORTANT**<br>Cortana won’t work if this setting is turned off (disabled). However, employees can still perform local searches even with Cortana turned off.|
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up and test Cortana for Power BI in your organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: How to integrate Cortana with Power BI to help your employees get answers directly from your key business data.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up and test Cortana for Power BI in your organization
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Integration between Cortana and Power BI shows how Cortana can work with custom business analytics solutions to enable you to get answers directly from your key business data, including introducing new features that let you create custom Cortana “answers” using the full capabilities of Power BI Desktop.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!Note]
|
|
||||||
>Cortana for Power BI is currently only available in English. For more info about Cortana and Power BI, see [Use Power BI to create a custom Answer Page for Cortana](https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/documentation/powerbi-service-cortana-desktop-entity-cards/).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Before you begin
|
|
||||||
To use this walkthrough, you’ll need:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Windows 10**. You’ll need to be running at least Windows 10 with the latest version from the Windows Insider Program.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Cortana**. You need to have Cortana turned on and be logged into your account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Power BI account with data**. You can use an existing Power BI account, or else you can get a trial account by signing up at http://powerbi.com. Just make sure that either way, you enter some data that you can use.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)/Work or School account**. You can use the account that you created for Office 365, or you can create a new one while you’re establishing your Power BI account. If you choose to use Azure AD, you must connect your Azure AD account to your Windows account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To connect your account to Windows**
|
|
||||||
a. Open **Windows Settings**, click **Accounts**, click **Access work or school**, and then in the **Connect to work or school** section, click **Connect**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
b. Follow the instructions to add your Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) account to Windows.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Set up your test environment for Cortana for Power BI
|
|
||||||
Before you can start this testing scenario, you must first set up your test environment and data, and then you must turn on and set up Cortana to connect and work with Power BI.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up your test environment with Cortana and Power BI**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Go to http://powerbi.com and sign-in with the same O365 credentials you used in the Set up and use Cortana with Office 365 topic.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Expand the left rail by clicking the **Show the navigation pane** icon.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Click **Get Data** from the left-hand navigation in Power BI.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Click **Samples** from the **Content Pack Library** area of the **Get Data** screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Click **Retail Analysis Sample**, and then click **Connect**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The sample data is imported and you’re returned to the **Power BI** screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Click **Dashboards** from the left pane of the **Power BI** screen, and then click **Retail Analysis Sample**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. In the upper right-hand menu, click the **Settings** icon, and then click **Settings**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Click the **Datasets** tab, and then pick the **Retail Analysis Sample** dataset from the list.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. Click **Q&A and Cortana**, check the **Allow Cortana to access this dataset** box, and then click **Apply**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>It can take up to 30 minutes for a new dataset to appear for Power BI and Cortana. Logging in and out of Windows 10, or otherwise restarting Cortana, causes the new content to appear immediately.<p>If you enable a dataset for Cortana, and that dataset is part of a content pack you own, you’ll need to re-publish for your colleagues to also use it with Cortana.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Create a custom Answer Page for Cortana
|
|
||||||
You must create special reports, known as _Answer Pages_, to display the most commonly asked answers in Cortana. For example, if you want Cortana to quickly show sales data to your employees, you can create a 2016 sales data Answer Page that shows sales data, with various pivots, in Cortana.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you’ve finished creating your Answer Page, you can continue to the included testing scenarios.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>It can take up to 30 minutes for a custom Answer Page to appear for Power BI and Cortana. Logging in and out of Windows 10, or otherwise restarting Cortana, causes the new content to appear immediately.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To create a custom sales data Answer Page for Cortana**
|
|
||||||
1. In Power BI, click **My Workspace**, click **Create**, and then click **Report**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In the **Create Report** screen, click the **Retail Analysis Sample**, and then click **Create**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A blank report page appears.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. In the **Visualizations** pane, click the paint roller icon, expand **Page Size**, and then pick **Cortana** from the **Type** drop-down list.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. In the **Fields** pane, click to expand **Sales**, expand **This year sales**, and then add both **Value** and **Goal**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The automatically generated graph is added to your blank report. You have the option to change colors, add borders, add additional visualizations, and modify this page so that it answers the question about sales data as precisely, and in as custom a way, as you want. You just need to make sure that it all stays within the page borders.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. In the **Visualizations** pane, click the paint roller icon again, expand **Page Information**, type _Sales data 2016_ into the **Name** box, turn on **Q&A**, and then add alternate report names (separated by commas) into the text box.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The alternate names help Cortana to know what questions to look for and when to show this report. To also improve your results, you should avoid using the names of your report columns.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Click **File**, click **Save as**, and save the report as _Sales data 2016_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Because this is part of the Retail Analysis Sample, it will automatically be included as part of the dataset you included for Cortana. However, you will still need to log in and out of Windows 10, or otherwise restart Cortana, before the new content appears.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Test Scenario: Use Cortana to show info from Power BI in your organization
|
|
||||||
Now that you’ve set up your device, you can use Cortana to show your info from within Power BI.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To use Cortana with Power BI**
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click in the **Search** bar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Type _This year in sales_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana shows you the available results.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. In the **Power BI** area, click **This year in sales – in Retail Analysis Sample**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana returns your custom report.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>For more info about how to connect your own data, build your own custom Power BI cards and Answer Pages for Cortana, and how to share the cards with everyone in your organization, see [Use Power BI to create a custom Answer Page for Cortana](https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-us/documentation/powerbi-service-cortana-desktop-entity-cards/).
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Test scenario 1 - Sign-in to Azure AD and use Cortana to manage the notebook (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A test scenario walking you through signing in and managing the notebook.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Test scenario 1 - Sign-in to Azure AD and use Cortana to manage the notebook
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This scenario turns on Azure AD and let's your employee use Cortana to manage an entry in the notebook.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Turn on Azure AD
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to sign out of a Microsoft Account and to sign into an Azure AD account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, click the **Notebook**, and then click **About Me**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click your email address.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A dialog box appears, showing the associated account info.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Click your email address again, and then click **Sign out**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This signs out the Microsoft account, letting you continue to add and use the Azure AD account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Click the **Search** box and then the **Notebook** icon in the left rail. This will start the sign-in request.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Click **Sign-In** and follow the instructions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. When you’re asked to sign in, you’ll need to choose an Azure AD account, which will look like kelliecarlson@contoso.com.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>If there’s no Azure AD account listed, you’ll need to go to **Windows Settings > Accounts > Email & app accounts**, and then click **Add a work or school account** to add it.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Use Cortana to manage the notebook content
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to manage the content Cortana shows in your Notebook.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, click the **Notebook**, scroll down and click **Weather**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In the **Weather** settings, scroll down to the **Cities your tracking** area, and then click **Add a city**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Add *Redmond, Washington*, double-click the search result, click **Add**, and then click **Save**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Click on the **Home** icon and scroll to the weather forecast for Redmond, Washington.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Test scenario 2 - Perform a quick search with Cortana at work (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A test scenario about how to perform a quick search with Cortana at work.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Test scenario 2 - Perform a quick search with Cortana at work
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This scenario helps you perform a quick search using Cortana, both by typing and through voice commands.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Search using Cortana
|
|
||||||
This process helps you use Cortana at work to perform a quick search.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click in the **Search** bar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Type *Weather in New York*.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You should see the weather in New York, New York at the top of the search results.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Search with Cortana, by using voice commands
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to use Cortana at work and voice commands to perform a quick search.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click the **Microphone** icon (to the right of the **Search** box).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Say *What's the weather in Chicago?* Cortana tells you and shows you the current weather in Chicago.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Test scenario 3 - Set a reminder for a specific location using Cortana at work (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A test scenario about how to set a location-based reminder using Cortana at work.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Test scenario 3 - Set a reminder for a specific location using Cortana at work
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This scenario helps you set up, review, and edit a reminder based on a location. For example, reminding yourself to grab your expense report receipts before you leave the house.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>You can set each reminder location individually as you create the reminders, or you can go into the **About me** screen and add both **Work** and **Home** addresses as favorites. Make sure that you use real addresses since you’ll need to go to these locations to complete your testing scenario.<p>Additionally, if you’ve turned on the **Meeting & reminder cards & notifications** option (in the **Meetings & reminders** option of your Notebook), you’ll also see your pending reminders on the Cortana **Home** page.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Create a reminder for a specific location
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to create a reminder based on a specific location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, click on the **Notebook** icon, and then click **Reminders**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click the **+** sign, add a subject for your reminder, such as _Remember to file expense report receipts_, and then click **Place**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Choose **Arrive** from the drop-down box, and then type a location to associate with your reminder. For example, you can use the physical address of where you work. Just make sure you can physically get to your location, so you can test the reminder.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Click **Done**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>If you’ve never used this location before, you’ll be asked to add a name for it so it can be added to the **Favorites list** in Windows Maps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Choose to be reminded the **Next time you arrive at the location** or on a specific day of the week from the drop-down box.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Take a picture of your receipts and store them locally on your device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. Click **Add Photo**, click **Library**, browse to your picture, and then click **OK**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The photo is stored with the reminder.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Review the reminder info, and then click **Remind**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The reminder is saved and ready to be triggered.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Create a reminder for a specific location by using voice commands
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to use Cortana at work and voice commands to create a reminder for a specific location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click the **Microphone** icon (to the right of the **Search** box).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Say _Remind me to grab my expense report receipts before I leave home_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana opens a new reminder task and asks if it sounds good.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Say _Yes_ so Cortana can save the reminder.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Edit or archive an existing reminder
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to edit or archive and existing or completed reminder.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, click on the **Notebook** icon, and then click **Reminders**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click the pending reminder you want to edit.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Change any text that you want to change, click **Add photo** if you want to add or replace an image, click **Delete** if you want to delete the entire reminder, click **Save** to save your changes, and click **Complete and move to History** if you want to save a completed reminder in your **Reminder History**.
|
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Test scenario 4 - Use Cortana at work to find your upcoming meetings (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A test scenario about how to use Cortana at work to find your upcoming meetings.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Test scenario 4 - Use Cortana at work to find your upcoming meetings
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This scenario helps you search for both general upcoming meetings, and specific meetings, both manually and verbally.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>If you’ve turned on the **Meeting & reminder cards & notifications** option (in the **Meetings & reminders** option of your Notebook), you’ll also see your pending reminders on the Cortana **Home** page.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Find out about upcoming meetings
|
|
||||||
This process helps you find your upcoming meetings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Check to make sure your work calendar is connected and synchronized with your Azure AD account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click in the **Search** bar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Type _Show me my meetings for tomorrow_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You’ll see all your meetings scheduled for the next day.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Find out about upcoming meetings by using voice commands
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to use Cortana at work and voice commands to find your upcoming meetings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click the **Microphone** icon (to the right of the **Search** box.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Say _Show me what meeting I have at 3pm tomorrow_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Make sure that you have a meeting scheduled for the time you specify here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Test scenario 5 - Use Cortana to send email to a co-worker (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A test scenario about how to use Cortana at work to send email to a co-worker.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Test scenario 5 - Use Cortana to send email to a co-worker
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This scenario helps you to send an email to a co-worker listed in your work address book, both manually and verbally.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Send an email to a co-worker
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to send a quick message to a co-worker from the work address book.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Check to make sure your Microsoft Outlook or mail app is connected and synchronized with your Azure AD account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click in the **Search** bar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Type _Send an email to <contact_name>_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Where _<contact_name>_ is the name of someone in your work address book.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Type your email message subject into the **Quick message** (255 characters or less) box and your message into the **Message** (unlimited characters) box, and then click **Send**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Send an email to a co-worker by using voice commands
|
|
||||||
This process helps you to use Cortana at work and voice commands to send a quick message to a co-worker from the work address book.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click the **Microphone** icon (to the right of the **Search** box.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Say _Send an email to <contact_name>_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Where _<contact_name>_ is the name of someone in your work address book.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Add your email message by saying, _Hello this is a test email using Cortana at work._
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The message is added and you’re asked if you want to **Send it**, **Add more**, or **Make changes**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Say _Send it_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The email is sent.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Test scenario 6 - Use Cortana and Windows Information Protection (WIP) to help protect your organization’s data on a device (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: An optional test scenario about how to use Cortana at work with Windows Information Protection (WIP).
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Test scenario 6 - Use Cortana and Windows Information Protection (WIP) to help protect your organization’s data on a device
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This optional scenario helps you to protect your organization’s data on a device, based on an inspection by Cortana.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Use Cortana and WIP to protect your organization’s data
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Create and deploy an WIP policy to your organization. For info about how to do this, see [Protect your enterprise data using Windows Information Protection (WIP)](../keep-secure/protect-enterprise-data-using-wip.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Create a new email from a non-protected or personal mailbox, including the text _I’ll send you that presentation tomorrow_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Wait up to 2 hours to make sure everything has updated, click the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click in the **Search** bar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana automatically pulls your commitment to sending the presentation out of your email, showing it to you.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Create a new email from a protected mailbox, including the same text as above, _I’ll send you that presentation tomorrow_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Wait until everything has updated again, click the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click in the **Search** bar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Because it was in an WIP-protected email, the presentation info isn’t pulled out and it isn’t shown to you.
|
|
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Testing scenarios using Cortana in your business or organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A list of suggested testing scenarios that you can use to test Cortana in your organization.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Testing scenarios using Cortana in your business or organization
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
We've come up with a list of suggested testing scenarios that you can use to test Cortana in your organization. After you complete all the scenarios, you should be able to:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Sign-in to Cortana using Azure AD, manage entries in the notebook, and search for content across your device, Bing, and the cloud, using Cortana.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Set a reminder and have it remind you when you’ve reached a specific location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Search for your upcoming meetings on your work calendar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Send an email to a co-worker from your work email app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Use WIP to secure content on a device and then try to manage your organization’s entries in the notebook.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft’s Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
|
|
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up and test custom voice commands in Cortana for your organization (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: How to create voice commands that use Cortana to perform voice-enabled actions in your line-of-business (LOB) Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps.
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up and test custom voice commands in Cortana for your organization
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile, Windows Insider Program
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Working with a developer, you can create voice commands that use Cortana to perform voice-enabled actions in your line-of-business (LOB) Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps. These voice-enabled actions can reduce the time necessary to access your apps and to complete simple actions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>For more info about how your developer can extend your current apps to work directly with Cortana, see [Cortana interactions in UWP apps](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/uwp/input-and-devices/cortana-interactions).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## High-level process
|
|
||||||
Cortana uses a Voice Command Definition (VCD) file, aimed at an installed app, to define the actions that are to happen during certain vocal commands. A VCD file can be very simple to very complex, supporting anything from a single sound to a collection of more flexible, natural language sounds, all with the same intent.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To enable voice commands in Cortana
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. **Extend your LOB app.** Add a custom VCD file to your app package. This file defines what capabilities are available to Cortana from the app, letting you tell Cortana what vocal commands should be understood and handled by your app and how the app should start when the command is vocalized.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana can perform actions on apps in the foreground (taking focus from Cortana) or in the background (allowing Cortana to keep focus). We recommend that you decide where an action should happen, based on what your voice command is intended to do. For example, if your voice command requires employee input, it’s best for that to happen in the foreground. However, if the app only uses basic commands and doesn’t require interaction, it can happen in the background.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Start Cortana with focus on your app, using specific voice-enabled statements.** [Create and install a VCD file that starts a foreground app using voice commands and Cortana](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/uwp/input-and-devices/launch-a-foreground-app-with-voice-commands-in-cortana).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Start Cortana removing focus from your app, using specific voice-enabled statements.** [Create and install a VCD file that starts a background app using voice commands and Cortana](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/uwp/input-and-devices/launch-a-background-app-with-voice-commands-in-cortana).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. **Install the VCD file on employees' devices**. You can use System Center Configuration Manager or Microsoft Intune to deploy and install the VCD file on your employees' devices, the same way you deploy and install any other package in your organization.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Test Scenario: Use voice commands in a Windows Store app
|
|
||||||
While these aren't line-of-business apps, we've worked to make sure to implement a VCD file, allowing you to test how the functionality works with Cortana in your organization.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To get a Windows Store app**
|
|
||||||
1. Go to the Windows Store, scroll down to the **Collections** area, click **Show All**, and then click **Better with Cortana**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click **Uber**, and then click **Install**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Open Uber, create an account or sign in, and then close the app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up the app with Cortana**
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** search box in the taskbar, and then click the **Notebook** icon.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Click on **Connected Services**, click **Uber**, and then click **Connect**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To use the voice-enabled commands with Cortana**
|
|
||||||
1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click the **Microphone** icon (to the right of the **Search** box).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Say _Uber get me a taxi_.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Cortana changes, letting you provide your trip details for Uber.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## See also
|
|
||||||
- [Cortana for developers](http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=717385)
|
|
@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Customize and export Start layout (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: The easiest method for creating a customized Start layout is to set up the Start screen and export the layout.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: CA8DF327-5DD4-452F-9FE5-F17C514B6236
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["start screen"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Customize and export Start layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The easiest method for creating a customized Start layout to apply to other Windows 10 devices is to set up the Start screen on a test computer and then export the layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you export the layout, decide whether you want to apply a *full* Start layout or a *partial* Start layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a full Start layout is applied, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When [a partial Start layout](#configure-a-partial-start-layout) is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>Partial Start layout is only supported on Windows 10, version 1511 and later.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can deploy the resulting .xml file to devices using one of the following methods:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer provisioning package](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmkcustomizestartscreen"></a>Customize the Start screen on your test computer
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To prepare a Start layout for export, you simply customize the Start layout on a test computer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To prepare a test computer**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Set up a test computer on which to customize the Start layout. Your test computer should have the operating system that is installed on the users’ computers (Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education). Install all apps and services that the Start layout should display.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Create a new user account that you will use to customize the Start layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<a href="" id="bmk-customize-start"></a>
|
|
||||||
**To customize Start**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Sign in to your test computer with the user account that you created.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Customize the Start layout as you want users to see it by using the following techniques:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Pin apps to Start**. From Start, type the name of the app. When the app appears in the search results, right-click the app, and then click **Pin to Start**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To view all apps, click **All apps** in the bottom-left corner of Start. Right-click any app, and pin or unpin it from Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Unpin apps** that you don’t want to display. To unpin an app, right-click the app, and then click **Unpin from Start**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Drag tiles** on Start to reorder or group apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Resize tiles**. To resize tiles, right-click the tile and then click **Resize.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Create your own app groups**. Drag the apps to an empty area. To name a group, click above the group of tiles and then type the name in the **Name group** field that appears above the group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bmk-exportstartscreenlayout"></a>Export the Start layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you have the Start layout that you want your users to see, use the [Export-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620879) cmdlet in Windows PowerShell to export the Start layout to an .xml file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To export the Start layout to an .xml file**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. From Start, open **Windows PowerShell**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. At the Windows PowerShell command prompt, enter the following command:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`export-startlayout –path <path><file name>.xml `
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the previous command, `-path` is a required parameter that specifies the path and file name for the export file. You can specify a local path or a UNC path (for example, \\\\FileServer01\\StartLayouts\\StartLayoutMarketing.xml).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use a file name of your choice—for example, StartLayoutMarketing.xml. Include the .xml file name extension. The [Export-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620879) cmdlet does not append the file name extension, and the policy settings require the extension.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example of a layout file produced by `Export-StartLayout`:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<span codelanguage="XML"></span>
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
<colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<col width="100%" />
|
|
||||||
</colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">XML</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><pre><code><LayoutModificationTemplate Version="1" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification">
|
|
||||||
<DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
<StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:StartLayout GroupCellWidth="6" xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout">
|
|
||||||
<start:Group Name="Life at a glance" xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="0" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge" />
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="4" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Windows.Cortana_cw5n1h2txyewy!CortanaUI" />
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="2" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
</start:Group>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
</StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate></code></pre></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Configure a partial Start layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A partial Start layout enables you to add one or more customized tile groups to users' Start screens or menus, while still allowing users to make changes to other parts of the Start layout. All groups that you add are *locked*, meaning users cannot change the contents of those tile groups, however users can change the location of those groups. Locked groups are identified with an icon, as shown in the following image.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a partial Start layout is applied for the first time, the new groups are added to the users' existing Start layouts. If an app tile is in both an existing group and in a new locked group, the duplicate app tile is removed from the existing (unlocked) group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a partial Start layout is applied to a device that already has a StartLayout.xml applied, groups that were added previously are removed and the groups in the new layout are added.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the Start layout is applied by Group Policy or MDM, and the policy is removed, the groups remain on the devices but become unlocked.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To configure a partial Start screen layout**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. [Customize the Start layout](#bmk-customize-start).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. [Export the Start layout](#bmk-exportstartscreenlayout).
|
|
||||||
3. Open the layout .xml file. There is a `<DefaultLayoutOverride>` element. Add `LayoutCustomizationRestrictionType="OnlySpecifiedGroups"` to the **DefaultLayoutOverride** element as follows:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
``` syntax
|
|
||||||
<DefaultLayoutOverride LayoutCustomizationRestrictionType="OnlySpecifiedGroups">
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Save the file and apply using any of the deployment methods.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Customize Windows 10 Start with Group Policy (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: In Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start layout to users in a domain.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: F4A47B36-F1EF-41CD-9CBA-04C83E960545
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["Start layout", "start menu", "layout", "group policy"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain. No reimaging is required, and the layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This topic describes how to update Group Policy settings to display a customized Start and taskbar layout when the users sign in. By creating a domain-based GPO with these settings, you can deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!WARNING]
|
|
||||||
>When a full Start layout is applied with this method, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start. When a partial Start layout is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups. When you apply a taskbar layout, users will still be able to pin and unpin apps, and change the order of pinned apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Operating system requirements
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education, Version 1607. Start and taskbar layout control is not supported in Windows 10 Pro.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed. In Group Policy, ADMX files are used to define Registry-based policy settings in the Administrative Templates category. To find out how to create a central store for Administrative Templates files, see [article 929841, written for Windows Vista and still applicable](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=691687) in the Microsoft Knowledge Base.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-howstartscreencontrolworks"></a>How Start layout control works
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- The [Export-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=620879) cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623707) cmdlet.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [You can modify the Start .xml file](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to include `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>` or create an .xml file just for the taskbar configuration.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- In Group Policy, you use the **Start Layout** settings for the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template to set a Start and taskbar layout from an .xml file when the policy is applied. The Group Policy object doesn't support an empty tile layout, so the default tile layout for Windows is loaded in that case.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>To learn how customize Start to include your line-of-business apps when you deploy Windows 10, see [Customize the Windows 10 Start layout]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620863).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-domaingpodeployment"></a>Use Group Policy to apply a customized Start layout in a domain
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To apply the Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain, use the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) to configure a domain-based Group Policy Object (GPO) that sets **Start Layout** policy settings in the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template for users in a domain.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The GPO applies the Start and taskbar layout at the next user sign-in. Each time the user signs in, the timestamp of the .xml file with the Start and taskbar layout is checked and if a newer version of the file is available, the settings in the latest version of the file are applied.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The .xml file with the Start and taskbar layout must be located on shared network storage that is available to the users’ computers when they sign in and the users must have Read-only access to the file. If the file is not available when the first user signs in, Start and the taskbar are not customized during the session, but the user will be prevented from making changes to Start. On subsequent sign-ins, if the file is available at sign-in, the layout it contains will be applied to the user's Start and taskbar.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For information about deploying GPOs in a domain, see [Working with Group Policy Objects](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620889).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-localgpimport"></a>Use Group Policy to apply a customized Start layout on the local computer
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the Local Group Policy Editor to provide a customized Start and taskbar layout for any user who signs in on the local computer. To display the customized Start and taskbar layout for any user who signs in, configure **Start Layout** policy settings for the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template. You can use the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template in **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>This procedure applies the policy settings on the local computer only. For information about deploying the Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain, see [Use Group Policy to deploy a customized Start layout in a domain](#bkmk-domaingpodeployment).
|
|
||||||
>
|
|
||||||
>This procedure creates a Local Group Policy that applies to all users on the computer. To configure Local Group Policy that applies to a specific user or group on the computer, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Managing Multiple Local Group Policy Objects](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620881). The guide was written for Windows Vista and the procedures still apply to Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This procedure adds the customized Start and taskbar layout to the user configuration, which overrides any Start layout settings in the local computer configuration when a user signs in on the computer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To configure Start Layout policy settings in Local Group Policy Editor**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. On the test computer, press the Windows key, type **gpedit**, and then select **Edit group policy (Control panel)**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** >**Start Menu and Taskbar**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Right-click **Start Layout** in the right pane, and click **Edit**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This opens the **Start Layout** policy settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Enter the following settings, and then click **OK**:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Select **Enabled**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Under **Options**, specify the path to the .xml file that contains the Start and taskbar layout. For example, type **C:\\Users\\Test01\\StartScreenMarketing.xml**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Optionally, enter a comment to identify the Start and taskbar layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>If you disable Start Layout policy settings that have been in effect and then re-enable the policy, users will not be able to make changes to Start, however the layout in the .xml file will not be reapplied unless the file has been updated. In Windows PowerShell, you can update the timestamp on a file by running the following command:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>`(ls <path>).LastWriteTime = Get-Date`
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-updatestartscreenlayout"></a>Update a customized Start layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you use Group Policy to apply a customized Start and taskbar layout on a computer or in a domain, you can update the layout simply by replacing the .xml file that is specified in the Start Layout policy settings with a file with a newer timestamp.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM) (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: In Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start layout to users.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: F487850D-8950-41FB-9B06-64240127C1E4
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["start screen", "start menu"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: medium
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Looking for consumer information?**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In Windows 10 Mobile, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start layout to users. No reimaging is required, and the Start layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. This enables you to customize Start layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Note:** Customized taskbar configuration cannot be applied using MDM at this time.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) for desktop editions or [create a Start layout XML](start-layout-xml-mobile.md) for mobile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Warning**
|
|
||||||
When a full Start layout is applied with this method, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start. When a partial Start layout is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-howstartscreencontrolworks"></a>How Start layout control works
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Two features enable Start layout control:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623707) cmdlet.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- In MDM, you set the path to the .xml file that defines the Start layout using an OMA-URI setting, which is based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=623244).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-domaingpodeployment"></a>Create a policy for your customized Start layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This example uses Microsoft Intune to configure an MDM policy that applies a customized Start layout. See the documentation for your MDM solution for help in applying the policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. In the Start layout file created when you ran **Export-StartLayout**, replace markup characters with escape characters, and save the file. (You can replace the characters manually or use an online tool.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example of a layout file produced by Export-StartLayout:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<span codelanguage="XML"></span>
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
<colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<col width="100%" />
|
|
||||||
</colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">XML</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><pre><code><LayoutModificationTemplate Version="1" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification">
|
|
||||||
<DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
<StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:StartLayout GroupCellWidth="6" xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout">
|
|
||||||
<start:Group Name="Life at a glance" xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="0" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge" />
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="4" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Windows.Cortana_cw5n1h2txyewy!CortanaUI" />
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile Size="2x2" Column="2" Row="0" AppUserModelID="Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
</start:Group>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
</StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate></code></pre></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example of the same layout file with escape characters replacing the markup characters:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
&lt;wdcml:p xmlns:wdcml=&quot;http://microsoft.com/wdcml&quot;&gt;Example of a layout file produced by Export-StartLayout:&lt;/wdcml:p&gt;&lt;wdcml:snippet xmlns:wdcml=&quot;http://microsoft.com/wdcml&quot;&gt;&lt;![CDATA[&lt;LayoutModificationTemplate Version=&quot;1&quot; xmlns=&quot;http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification&quot;&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;DefaultLayoutOverride&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;StartLayoutCollection&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;defaultlayout:StartLayout GroupCellWidth=&quot;6&quot; xmlns:defaultlayout=&quot;http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout&quot;&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;start:Group Name=&quot;Life at a glance&quot; xmlns:start=&quot;http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout&quot;&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;start:Tile Size=&quot;2x2&quot; Column=&quot;0&quot; Row=&quot;0&quot; AppUserModelID=&quot;Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge&quot; /&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;start:Tile Size=&quot;2x2&quot; Column=&quot;4&quot; Row=&quot;0&quot; AppUserModelID=&quot;Microsoft.Windows.Cortana_cw5n1h2txyewy!CortanaUI&quot; /&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;start:Tile Size=&quot;2x2&quot; Column=&quot;2&quot; Row=&quot;0&quot; AppUserModelID=&quot;Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App&quot; /&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;/start:Group&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;/defaultlayout:StartLayout&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;/StartLayoutCollection&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;/DefaultLayoutOverride&gt;
|
|
||||||
&lt;/LayoutModificationTemplate&gt;]]&gt;&lt;/wdcml:snippet&gt;
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In the Microsoft Intune administration console, click **Policy** > **Add Policy**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Under **Windows**, choose a **Custom Configuration (Windows 10 Desktop and Mobile and later)** policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Enter a name (mandatory) and description (optional) for the policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. In the **OMA-URI Settings** section, click **Add.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. In **Add or Edit OMA-URI Setting**, enter the following information.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Item | Information |
|
|
||||||
|----|----|
|
|
||||||
| **Setting name** | Enter a unique name for the OMA-URI setting to help you identify it in the list of settings. |
|
|
||||||
| **Setting description** | Provide a description that gives an overview of the setting and other relevant information to help you locate it. |
|
|
||||||
| **Data type** | **String** |
|
|
||||||
| **OMA-URI (case sensitive)** | **./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Start/StartLayout** |
|
|
||||||
| **Value** | Paste the contents of the Start layout .xml file that you created. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. Click **OK** to save the setting and return to the **Create Policy** page.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Click **Save Policy**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Use Windows 10 custom policies to manage device settings with Microsoft Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616316)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Customize Windows 10 Start with ICD and provisioning packages (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: In Windows 10, you can use a provisioning package to deploy a customized Start layout to users.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: AC952899-86A0-42FC-9E3C-C25F45B1ACAC
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["Start layout", "start menu"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: medium
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Looking for consumer information?**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In Windows 10 Mobile, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, version 1607, you can use a provisioning package that you create with Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) tool to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. No reimaging is required, and the Start and taskbar layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. The provisioning package can be applied to a running device. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>If you use a provisioning package to configure the taskbar, your configuration will be reapplied each time the explorer.exe process restarts. If your configuration pins an app and the user unpins that app, the user's change will be overwritten the next time the configuration is applied. To apply a taskbar configuration and allow users to make changes that will persist, apply your configuration by using Group Policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) for desktop editions or [create a Start layout XML](start-layout-xml-mobile.md) for mobile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-howstartscreencontrolworks"></a>How Start layout control works
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623707) cmdlet.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [You can modify the Start .xml file](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to include `<CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection>` or create an .xml file just for the taskbar configuration.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- In ICD, you use the **Start/StartLayout** setting to set the path to the .xml file that defines the Start and taskbar layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-domaingpodeployment"></a>Create a provisioning package that contains a customized Start layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the [Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) tool](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=525483) included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a provisioning package that applies a customized Start and taskbar layout. [Install the ADK.](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open ICD (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
|
||||||
2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Name your project, and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **Start**, and click **StartLayout**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!TIP]
|
|
||||||
>If **Start** is not listed, check the type of settings you selected in step 4. You must create the project using settings for **All Windows desktop editions**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. Specify the path and file name of the Start layout .xml that you created with the [Export-StartLayout](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620879) cmdlet.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
10. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
|
||||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
16. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
17. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: You can configure Windows 10 as a kiosk device, so that users can only interact with a single app.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: F1F4FF19-188C-4CDC-AABA-977639C53CA8
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["kiosk", "lockdown", "assigned access"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access (kiosk mode)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use assigned access to restrict customers at your business to using only one Windows app so your device acts like a kiosk. Administrators can use assigned access to restrict a selected user account to access a single Windows app. You can choose almost any Windows app for assigned access; however, some apps may not provide a good user experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following guidelines may help you choose an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience in Windows 10, Version 1607.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## General guidelines
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows apps must be provisioned or installed for the assigned access account before they can be selected as the assigned access app. [Learn how to provision and install apps](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt228170.aspx#install_your_apps).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Updating a Windows app can sometimes change the Application User Model ID (AUMID) of the app. If this happens, you must update the assigned access settings to launch the updated app, because assigned access uses the AUMID to determine which app to launch.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Guidelines for Windows apps that launch other apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Some Windows apps can launch other apps. Assigned access prevents Windows apps from launching other apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Avoid selecting Windows apps that are designed to launch other apps as part of their core functionality.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Guidelines for web browsers
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Microsoft Edge and any third-party web browsers that can be set as a default browser have special permissions beyond that of most Windows apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you use a web browser as your assigned access app, consider the following tips:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- You can download browsers that are optimized to be used as a kiosk from the Microsoft Store.
|
|
||||||
- You can use Group Policy to block access to the file system (network shares, local drives, and local folders) from Internet Explorer’s web address bar.
|
|
||||||
- You can create your own web browser Windows app by using the WebView class. Learn more about developing your own web browser app:
|
|
||||||
- [Creating your own browser with HTML and JavaScript](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2015/08/27/creating-your-own-browser-with-html-and-javascript/)
|
|
||||||
- [WebView class](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/apps/windows.ui.xaml.controls.webview.aspx)
|
|
||||||
- [A web browser built with JavaScript as a Windows app](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/JSBrowser/tree/v1.0)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To block access to the file system from Internet Explorer's web address bar**
|
|
||||||
1. On the Start screen, type the following:
|
|
||||||
`gpedit.msc`
|
|
||||||
2. Press **Enter** or click the gpedit icon to launch the group policy editor.
|
|
||||||
3. In the group policy editor, navigate to **User Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Start Menu and Taskbar**.
|
|
||||||
4. Select **Remove Run menu from Start Menu**, select **Disabled**, and click **Apply**. Disabling this policy prevents users from entering the following into the Internet Explorer Address Bar:
|
|
||||||
- A UNC path (\\\\*server*\\\\*share*)
|
|
||||||
- A local drive (C:\\)
|
|
||||||
- A local folder (\temp)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Secure your information
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Avoid selecting Windows apps that may expose the information you don’t want to show in your kiosk, since kiosk usually means anonymous access and locates in a public setting like a shopping mall. For example, an app that has a file picker allows the user to gain access to files and folders on the user's system, avoid selecting this type of apps if they provide unnecessary data access.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## App configuration
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Some apps may require additional configurations before they can be used appropriately in assigned access . For example, Microsoft OneNote requires you to set up a Microsoft account for the assigned access user account before OneNote will open in assigned access.
|
|
||||||
Check the guidelines published by your selected app and do the setup accordingly.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Develop your kiosk app
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Assigned access in Windows 10 leverages the new lock framework. When an assigned access user signs in, the selected kiosk app is launched above lock . The kiosk app is actually running as an above lock screen app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Follow the [best practices guidance for developing a kiosk app for assigned access](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt633799%28v=vs.85%29.aspx).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Test your assigned access experience
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The above guidelines may help you select or develop an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience. Once you have selected your app, we recommend that you thoroughly test the assigned access experience to ensure that your device provides a good customer experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Learn more
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customizing Your Device Experience with Assigned Access](https://channel9.msdn.com/Events/Build/2016/P508)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a shared or guest PC with Windows 10](set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a device for anyone to use (kiosk mode)](set-up-a-device-for-anyone-to-use.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-desktop-editions.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-mobile-edition.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Lock down Windows 10 to specific apps](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Introduction to configuration service providers (CSPs) for IT pros (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Configuration service providers (CSPs) expose device configuration settings in Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 25C1FDCA-0E10-42A1-A368-984FFDB2B7B6
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: medium
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Introduction to configuration service providers (CSPs) for IT pros
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Configuration service providers (CSPs) expose device configuration settings in Windows 10. This topic is written for people who have no experience with CSPs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The CSPs are documented on the [Hardware Dev Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717390) because CSPs are used by mobile device management (MDM) service providers. This topic explains how IT pros and system administrators can take advantage of many settings available through CSPs to configure devices running Windows 10 and Windows 10 Mobile in their organizations.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
The explanation of CSPs and CSP documentation also apply to Windows Mobile 5, Windows Mobile 6, Windows Phone 7, and Windows Phone 8, but links to current CSPs are for Windows 10 and Windows 10 Mobile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[See what's new for CSPs in Windows 10, version 1607.](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt299056.aspx#whatsnew_1607)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## What is a CSP?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A CSP is an interface in the client operating system between configuration settings specified in a provisioning document and configuration settings on the device. Their function is similar to that of Group Policy client-side extensions in that they provide an interface to read, set, modify, or delete configuration settings for a given feature. Typically, these settings map to registry keys, files or permissions. Some of these settings are configurable and some are read-only.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Starting in Windows Mobile 5.0, CSPs were used to manage Windows mobile devices. In the Windows 10 platform, the management approach for both desktop and mobile devices converges, taking advantage of the same CSPs to configure and manage all devices running Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Each CSP provides access to specific settings. For example, the [Wi-Fi CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717438) contains the settings to create a Wi-Fi profile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CSPs are behind many of the management tasks and policies for Windows 10 in Microsoft Intune and non-Microsoft MDM service providers. For example, in Intune, the policy to allow search suggestions in the Microsoft Edge address bar uses **Browser/AllowSearchSuggestionsinAddressBar** in the [Policy CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=623244).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CSPs receive configuration policies in the XML-based SyncML format pushed to it from an MDM-compliant management server such as Microsoft Intune. Traditional enterprise management systems, such as System Center Configuration Manager, can also target CSPs by using a client-side WMI-to-CSP bridge.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Synchronization Markup Language (SyncML)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA-DM) protocol uses the XML-based Synchronization Markup Language (SyncML) for data exchange between compliant servers and clients. SyncML offers an open standard to use as an alternative to vendor-specific management solutions (such as WMI). The value for enterprises adopting industry standard management protocols is that it allows the management of a broader set of vendor devices using a single platform (such as Microsoft Intune). Device policies, including VPN connection profiles, are delivered to client devices formatted as in SyncML. The target CSP reads this information and applies the necessary configurations.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### The WMI-to-CSP Bridge
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The WMI-to-CSP Bridge is a component allowing configuration of Windows 10 CSPs via scripts and traditional enterprise management software such as Configuration Manager using Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). The bridge is responsible for reading WMI commands and through a component called the common device configurator pass them to a CSP for application on the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to use the WMI Bridge Provider with PowerShell.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=761090)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Why should you learn about CSPs?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Generally, enterprises rely on Group Policy or MDM to configure and manage devices. For devices running Windows, MDM services use CSPs to configure your devices.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In addition, you may have unmanaged devices, or a large number of devices that you want to configure before enrolling them in management, or you want to apply custom settings that aren't available through your MDM service. The [CSP documentation](#bkmk-csp-doc) can help you understand the settings that can be configured or queried.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In addition, some of the topics in the [Windows 10 and Windows 10 Mobile](../index.md) library on Technet include links to applicable CSP reference topics, such as [Cortana integration in your business or enterprise](manage-cortana-in-enterprise.md) which links to the [Policy CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=623244). In the CSP topics, you can learn about all of the available configuration settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### CSPs in Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) to create [provisioning packages](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717466) to apply settings to devices during the out-of-box-experience (OOBE) and after devices are set up. You can use provisioning packages to configure a device's connectivity and enroll the device in MDM. Many of the runtime settings in Windows ICD are based on CSPs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Many settings in Windows ICD will display documentation for that setting in the center pane, and will include a reference to the CSP if the setting uses one, as shown in the following image.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure devices without MDM](configure-devices-without-mdm.md) explains how to use the Windows ICD tool included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a runtime provisioning package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### CSPs in MDM
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Most, if not all, CSPs are surfaced through your MDM service. If you see a CSP that provides a capability that you want to make use of and cannot find that capability in your MDM service, contact your MDM provider for assistance. It might simply be named differently than you expected. You can see the CSPs supported by MDM in the [Configuration service provider reference](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717390).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a CSP is available but is not explicitly included in your MDM solution, you may be able to make use of the CSP by using OMA-URI settings. In Intune, for example, you can use [custom policy settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616316) to deploy settings. Intune documents [a partial list of settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616317) that you can enter in the **OMA-URI Settings** section of a custom policy, if your MDM service provides that extension. You'll notice that the list doesn't explain the meanings of the allowed and default values, so use the [CSP reference documentation](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717390) to locate that information.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### CSPs in Lockdown XML
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Lockdown XML can be used to configure devices running Windows 10 Mobile. You can manually author a [Lockdown XML file](lockdown-xml.md) to make use of the configuration settings available through the [EnterpriseAssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="bkmk-csp-doc"></a>How do you use the CSP documentation?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All CSPs in Windows 10 are documented in the [Configuration service provider reference](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717390).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The [main CSP topic](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717390) tells you which CSPs are supported on each edition of Windows 10, and links to the documentation for each individual CSP.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The documentation for each CSP follows the same structure. After an introduction that explains the purpose of the CSP, a diagram shows the parts of the CSP in tree format.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The full path to a specific configuration setting is represented by its Open Mobile Alliance - Uniform Resource Identifier (OMA-URI). The URI is relative to the devices’ root node (MSFT, for example). Features supported by a particular CSP can be set by addressing the complete OMA-URI path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows the diagram for the [AssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=626608). The diagram maps to the XML for that CSP. Notice the different shapes in the diagram: rounded elements are nodes and rectangular elements are settings or policies for which a value must be supplied.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The element in the tree diagram after the root node tells you the name of the CSP. Knowing this structure, you would recognize in XML the parts of the URI path for that CSP and, if you saw it in XML, you would know which CSP reference to look up. For example, in the following OMS-URI path for the kiosk mode app settings, you can see it uses the [AssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=626608).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
./Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/KioskModeApp
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When an element in the diagram uses italic font, it indicates a placeholder for specific information, such as the tenant ID in the following example.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After the diagram, the documentation describes each element. For each policy or setting, the valid values are listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, in the [AssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=626608), the setting is **KioskModeApp**. The documentation tells you that the value for **KioskModeApp** is a JSON string that contains the user account name and Application User Model ID (AUMID) of the Kiosk mode app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The documentation for most CSPs will also include an XML example.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## CSP examples
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CSPs provide access to a number of settings useful to enterprises. This section introduces two CSPs that an enterprise might find particularly useful.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The EnterpriseAssignedAccess configuration service provider allows IT administrators to configure settings on a Windows 10 Mobile device. An enterprise can make use of this CSP to create single-use or limited-use mobile devices, such as a handheld device that only runs a price-checking app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In addition to lockscreen wallpaper, theme, time zone, and language, the EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP includes AssignedAccessXml which can be used to lock down the device through the following settings:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Enabling or disabling the Action Center.
|
|
||||||
- Configuring the number of tile columns in the Start layout.
|
|
||||||
- Restricting the apps that will be available on the device.
|
|
||||||
- Restricting the settings that the user can access.
|
|
||||||
- Restricting the hardware buttons that will be operable.
|
|
||||||
- Restricting access to the context menu.
|
|
||||||
- Enabling or disabling tile manipulation.
|
|
||||||
- Creating role-specific configurations.
|
|
||||||
- [Policy CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=623244)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Policy configuration service provider enables the enterprise to configure policies on Windows 10 and Windows 10 Mobile. Some of these policy settings can also be applied using Group Policy, and the CSP documentation lists the equivalent Group Policy settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Some of the settings available in the Policy CSP include the following:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Accounts**, such as whether a non-Microsoft account can be added to the device
|
|
||||||
- **Application management**, such as whether only Windows Store apps are allowed
|
|
||||||
- **Bluetooth**, such as the services allowed to use it
|
|
||||||
- **Browser**, such as restricting InPrivate browsing
|
|
||||||
- **Connectivity**, such as whether the device can be connected to a computer by USB
|
|
||||||
- **Defender** (for desktop only), such as day and time to scan
|
|
||||||
- **Device lock**, such as the type of PIN or password required to unlock the device
|
|
||||||
- **Experience**, such as allowing Cortana
|
|
||||||
- **Security**, such as whether provisioning packages are allowed
|
|
||||||
- **Settings**, such as allowing the user to change VPN settings
|
|
||||||
- **Start**, such as applying a standard Start layout
|
|
||||||
- **System**, such as allowing the user to reset the device
|
|
||||||
- **Text input**, such as allowing the device to send anonymized user text input data samples to Microsoft
|
|
||||||
- **Update**, such as specifying whether the device could use Microsoft Update, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), or Windows Store
|
|
||||||
- **WiFi**, such as whether to enable Internet sharing
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Here is a list of CSPs supported on Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise, or both:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [ActiveSync CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723219)
|
|
||||||
- [Application CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723220)
|
|
||||||
- [AppLocker CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=626609)
|
|
||||||
- [AssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=626608)
|
|
||||||
- [Bootstrap CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723224)
|
|
||||||
- [BrowserFavorite CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723428)
|
|
||||||
- [CellularSettings CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723427)
|
|
||||||
- [CertificateStore CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723225)
|
|
||||||
- [ClientCertificateInstall CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723226)
|
|
||||||
- [CM\_CellularEntries CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723426)
|
|
||||||
- [CM\_ProxyEntries CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723425)
|
|
||||||
- [CMPolicy CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723424)
|
|
||||||
- [Defender CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723227)
|
|
||||||
- [DevDetail CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723228)
|
|
||||||
- [DeviceInstanceService CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723275)
|
|
||||||
- [DeviceLock CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723370)
|
|
||||||
- [DeviceStatus CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723229)
|
|
||||||
- [DevInfo CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723230)
|
|
||||||
- [DiagnosticLog CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723231)
|
|
||||||
- [DMAcc CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723232)
|
|
||||||
- [DMClient CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723233)
|
|
||||||
- [Email2 CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723234)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseAPN CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723235)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseAppManagement CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723237)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723236)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseExt CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723423)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseExtFileSystem CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=703716)
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseModernAppManagement CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723257)
|
|
||||||
- [FileSystem CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723422)
|
|
||||||
- [HealthAttestation CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723258)
|
|
||||||
- [HotSpot CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723421)
|
|
||||||
- [Maps CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723420)
|
|
||||||
- [NAP CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723419)
|
|
||||||
- [NAPDEF CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723371)
|
|
||||||
- [NodeCache CSP]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723265)
|
|
||||||
- [PassportForWork CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=692070)
|
|
||||||
- [Policy CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=623244)
|
|
||||||
- [PolicyManager CSP]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723418)
|
|
||||||
- [Provisioning CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723266)
|
|
||||||
- [Proxy CSP]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723372)
|
|
||||||
- [PXLOGICAL CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723374)
|
|
||||||
- [Registry CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723417)
|
|
||||||
- [RemoteFind CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723267)
|
|
||||||
- [RemoteWipe CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=703714)
|
|
||||||
- [Reporting CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723375)
|
|
||||||
- [RootCATrustedCertificates CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723270)
|
|
||||||
- [SecurityPolicy CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723376)
|
|
||||||
- [Storage CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723377)
|
|
||||||
- [SUPL CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723378)
|
|
||||||
- [UnifiedWriteFilter CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723272)
|
|
||||||
- [Update CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723271)
|
|
||||||
- [VPN CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723416)
|
|
||||||
- [VPNv2 CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=617588)
|
|
||||||
- [Wi-Fi CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=71743)
|
|
||||||
- [WindowsLicensing CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723274)
|
|
||||||
- [WindowsSecurityAuditing CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=723415)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[What's new in MDM enrollment and management in Windows 10, version 1607](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt299056.aspx#whatsnew_1607)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Lock down Windows 10](lock-down-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage corporate devices](manage-corporate-devices.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[New policies for Windows 10](new-policies-for-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Windows 10 Mobile and MDM](windows-10-mobile-and-mdm.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Changes to Group Policy settings for Start in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Lock down Windows 10 to specific apps (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Learn how to configure a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education so that users can only run a few specific apps.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["lockdown", "app restrictions", "applocker"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: edu, security
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Lock down Windows 10 to specific apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>For more info about the features and functionality that are supported in each edition of Windows, see [Compare Windows 10 Editions](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/WindowsForBusiness/Compare).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Learn how to configure a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education so that users can only run a few specific apps. The result is similar to [a kiosk device](set-up-a-device-for-anyone-to-use.md), but with multiple apps available. For example, you might set up a library computer so that users can search the catalog and browse the Internet, but can't run any other apps or change computer settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can restrict users to a specific set of apps on a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education by using [AppLocker](../keep-secure/applocker-overview.md). AppLocker rules specify which apps are allowed to run on the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
AppLocker rules are organized into collections based on file format. If no AppLocker rules for a specific rule collection exist, all files with that file format are allowed to run. However, when an AppLocker rule for a specific rule collection is created, only the files explicitly allowed in a rule are permitted to run. For more information, see [How AppLocker works](../keep-secure/how-applocker-works-techref.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This topic describes how to lock down apps on a local device. You can also use AppLocker to set rules for applications in a domain by using Group Policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Install apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First, install the desired apps on the device for the target user account(s). This works for both Store and Win32. For Store apps, you must log on as that user for the app to install. For Win32 you can install an app for all users without logging on to the particular account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Use AppLocker to set rules for apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you install the desired apps, set up AppLocker rules to only allow specific apps, and block everything else.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Run Local Security Policy (secpol.msc) as an administrator.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Go to **Security Settings** > **Application Control Policies** > **AppLocker**, and select **Configure rule enforcement**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Check **Configured** under **Executable rules**, and then click **OK**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Right-click **Executable Rules** and then click **Automatically generate rules**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Select the folder that contains the apps that you want to permit, or select C:\\ to analyze all apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Type a name to identify this set of rules, and then click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. On the **Rule Preferences** page, click **Next**. Be patient, it might take awhile to generate the rules.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. On the **Review Rules** page, click **Create**. The wizard will now create a set of rules allowing the installed set of apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. Read the message and click **Yes**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
10. (optional) If you want a rule to apply to a specific set of users, right-click on the rule and select **Properties**. Then use the dialog to choose a different user or group of users.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
11. (optional) If rules were generated for apps that should not be run, you can delete them by right-clicking on the rule and selecting **Delete**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
12. Before AppLocker will enforce rules, the **Application Identity** service must be turned on. To force the Application Identity service to automatically start on reset, open a command prompt and run:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
``` syntax
|
|
||||||
sc config appidsvc start=auto
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
13. Restart the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Other settings to lock down
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In addition to specifying the apps that users can run, you should also restrict some settings and functions on the device. For a more secure experience, we recommend that you make the following configuration changes to the device:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Remove **All apps**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **User Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu and Taskbar\\Remove All Programs list from the Start menu**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Hide **Ease of access** feature on the logon screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Control Panel** > **Ease of Access** > **Ease of Access Center**, and turn off all accessibility tools.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Disable the hardware power button.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Power Options** > **Choose what the power button does**, change the setting to **Do nothing**, and then **Save changes**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Disable the camera.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Settings** > **Privacy** > **Camera**, and turn off **Let apps use my camera**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Turn off app notifications on the lock screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\System\\Logon\\Turn off app notifications on the lock screen**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Disable removable media.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\System\\Device Installation\\Device Installation Restrictions**. Review the policy settings available in **Device Installation Restrictions** for the settings applicable to your situation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, in **Device Installation Restrictions**, enable **Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To learn more about locking down features, see [Customizations for Windows 10 Enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=691442).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Customize Start screen layout for the device
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Configure the Start menu on the device to only show tiles for the permitted apps. You will make the changes manually, export the layout to an .xml file, and then apply that file to devices to prevent users from making changes. For instructions, see [Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Provisioning packages for Windows 10](../deploy/provisioning-packages.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Lock down Windows 10 (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Windows 10 provides a number of features and methods to help you lock down specific parts of a Windows 10 device.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 955BCD92-0A1A-4C48-98A8-30D7FAF2067D
|
|
||||||
keywords: lockdown
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: security, mobile
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Lock down Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Lockdown features from Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Many of the lockdown features available in Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry have been modified in some form for Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 3C006B00-535C-4BA4-9421-B8F952D47A14
|
|
||||||
keywords: lockdown, embedded
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: security
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Lockdown features from Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Many of the lockdown features available in Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry have been modified in some form for Windows 10. This table maps Windows Embedded Industry 8.1 features to Windows 10 Enterprise features, along with links to documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
<colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<col width="33%" />
|
|
||||||
<col width="33%" />
|
|
||||||
<col width="33%" />
|
|
||||||
</colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry lockdown feature</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Windows 10 feature</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Changes</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Hibernate Once/Resume Many (HORM)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626758): Quick boot to device</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">N/A</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>HORM is supported in Windows 10, version 1607. </p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Unified Write Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626757): protect a device's physical storage media</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Unified Write Filter](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/mt572001.aspx)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>The Unified Write Filter is continued in Windows 10, with the exception of HORM which has been deprecated.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Keyboard Filter]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626761): block hotkeys and other key combinations</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Keyboard Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708391)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Keyboard filter is added in Windows 10, version 1511. As in Windows Embedded Industry 8.1, Keyboard Filter is an optional component that can be turned on via <strong>Turn Windows Features On/Off</strong>. Keyboard Filter (in addition to the WMI configuration previously available) will be configurable through Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) in the SMISettings path.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Shell Launcher](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626676): launch a Classic Windows application on sign-on</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Shell Launcher](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618603)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Shell Launcher continues in Windows 10. It is now configurable in Windows ICD under the <strong>SMISettings</strong> category.</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Learn [how to use Shell Launcher to create a kiosk device](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922) that runs a Classic Windows application.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Application Launcher]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626675): launch a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app on sign-on</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>The Windows 8 Application Launcher has been consolidated into Assigned Access. Application Launcher enabled launching a Windows 8 app and holding focus on that app. Assigned Access offers a more robust solution for ensuring that apps retain focus.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Dialog Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626762): suppress system dialogs and control which processes can run</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[AppLocker](../keep-secure/applocker-overview.md)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Dialog Filter has been deprecated for Windows 10. Dialog Filter provided two capabilities; the ability to control which processes were able to run, and the ability to prevent dialogs (in practice, system dialogs) from appearing.</p>
|
|
||||||
<ul>
|
|
||||||
<li><p>Control over which processes are able to run will now be provided by AppLocker.</p></li>
|
|
||||||
<li><p>System dialogs in Windows 10 have been replaced with system toasts. To see more on blocking system toasts, see Toast Notification Filter below.</p></li>
|
|
||||||
</ul></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Toast Notification Filter]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626673): suppress toast notifications</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Mobile device management (MDM) and Group Policy</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Toast Notification Filter has been replaced by MDM and Group Policy settings for blocking the individual components of non-critical system toasts that may appear. For example, to prevent a toast from appearing when a USB drive is connected, ensure that USB connections have been blocked using the USB-related policies, and turn off notifications from apps.</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>User Configuration</strong> > <strong>Administrative Templates</strong> > <strong>Start Menu and Taskbar</strong> > <strong>Notifications</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<p>MDM policy name may vary depending on your MDM service. In Microsoft Intune, use <strong>Allow action center notifications</strong> and a [custom OMA-URI setting](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=616317) for <strong>AboveLock/AllowActionCenterNotifications</strong>.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Embedded Lockdown Manager](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626763): configure lockdown features</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=525483)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>The Embedded Lockdown Manager has been deprecated for Windows 10 and replaced by the Windows ICD. Windows ICD is the consolidated tool for Windows imaging and provisioning scenarios and enables configuration of all Windows settings, including the lockdown features previously configurable through Embedded Lockdown Manager.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[USB Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626674): restrict USB devices and peripherals on system</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">MDM and Group Policy</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>The USB Filter driver has been replaced by MDM and Group Policy settings for blocking the connection of USB devices.</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>Computer Configuration</strong> > <strong>Administrative Templates</strong> > <strong>System</strong> > <strong>Device Installation</strong> > <strong>Device Installation Restrictions</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<p>MDM policy name may vary depending on your MDM service. In Microsoft Intune, use <strong>Allow removable storage</strong> or <strong>Allow USB connection (Windows 10 Mobile only)</strong>.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=613653): launch a UWP app on sign-in and lock access to system</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Assigned Access](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Assigned Access has undergone significant improvement for Windows 10. In Windows 8.1, Assigned Access blocked system hotkeys and edge gestures, and non-critical system notifications, but it also applied some of these limitations to other accounts on the device.</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>In Windows 10, Assigned Access no longer affects accounts other than the one being locked down. Assigned Access now restricts access to other apps or system components by locking the device when the selected user account logs in and launching the designated app above the lock screen, ensuring that no unintended functionality can be accessed.</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Learn [how to use Assigned Access to create a kiosk device](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626922) that runs a Universal Windows app.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Gesture Filter](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626672): block swipes from top, left, and right edges of screen</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">MDM and Group Policy</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>In Windows 8.1, gestures provided the ability to close an app, to switch apps, and to reach the Charms. In Windows 10, Charms have been removed. In Windows 10, version 1607, you can block swipes using the [Allow edge swipe](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/dn904962(v=vs.85).aspx#LockDown_AllowEdgeSwipe) policy. </p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Custom Logon]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626759): suppress Windows UI elements during Windows sign-on, sign-off, and shutdown</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Embedded Logon](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626760)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>No changes. Applies only to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Unbranded Boot](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626872): custom brand a device by removing or replacing Windows boot UI elements</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">[Unbranded Boot](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626873)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>No changes. Applies only to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,870 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Configure Windows 10 Mobile using Lockdown XML (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Windows 10 Mobile allows enterprises to lock down a device, define multiple user roles, and configure custom layouts on a device.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 22C8F654-2EC3-4E6D-8666-1EA9FCF90F5F
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: security, mobile
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Configure Windows 10 Mobile using Lockdown XML
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows 10 Mobile allows enterprises to lock down a device, define multiple user roles, and configure custom layouts on a device. For example, the enterprise can lock down a device so that only applications and settings in an allow list are available.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This topic provides example XML that you can use in your own lockdown XML file that can be included in a provisioning package or when using a mobile device management (MDM) solution to push lockdown settings to enrolled devices.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Lockdown XML is an XML file that contains settings for Windows 10 Mobile. When you deploy the lockdown XML file to a device, it is saved on the device as **wehlockdown.xml**. When the device boots, it looks for wehlockdown.xml and applies any settings configured in the file. In this topic, you'll learn how to create an XML file that contains all lockdown entries available in the AssignedAccessXml area of the [EnterpriseAssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> On Windows 10 desktop editions, *assigned access* is a feature that lets you configure the device to run a single app above the lockscreen ([kiosk mode](set-up-a-device-for-anyone-to-use.md)). On a Windows 10 Mobile device, assigned access refers to the lockdown settings in AssignedAccessXml in the [EnterpriseAssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you're not familiar with CSPs, read [Introduction to configuration service providers (CSPs)](how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md) first.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Overview of the lockdown XML file
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Let's start by looking at the basic structure of the lockdown XML file. You can start your file by pasting the following XML (or any other examples in this topic) into a text or XML editor, and saving the file as *filename*.xml.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version "1.0" encoding "utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<HandheldLockdown version "1.0" >
|
|
||||||
<Default>
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter>
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Tiles>
|
|
||||||
<StartScreenSize>
|
|
||||||
</Default>
|
|
||||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Default** and the entries beneath it establish the default device settings that are applied for every user. The device will always boot to this Default role. You can create additional roles on the device, each with its own settings, in the same XML file. [Learn how to add roles.](#configure-additional-roles)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The settings for the Default role and other roles must be listed in your XML file in the order presented in this topic. All of the entries are optional. If you don't include a setting, that aspect of the device will operate as it would for an nonconfigured device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Tip** Keep your XML file easy to work with and to understand by using proper indentation and adding comments for each setting you configure.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Action Center
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Action Center setting controls whether the user can open the Action Center on the device. When the Action Center is disabled, notifications on the lockscreen and toasts are also disabled. You can use optional attributes with the Action Center element to change that behavior for either notifications, toasts, or both.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the following example, the Action Center is enabled and both policies are disabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter enabled="true" aboveLockToastEnabled="0" actionCenterNotificationEnabled="0"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the following example, Action Center and the toast policy are enabled, and the notifications policy is disabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter enabled="true" aboveLockToastEnabled="1" actionCenterNotificationEnabled="0"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example is a complete lockdown XML file that disables Action Center, notifications, and toasts.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<HandheldLockdown version="1.0" >
|
|
||||||
<Default>
|
|
||||||
<!-- disable Action Center -->
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter enabled="false" />
|
|
||||||
</Default>
|
|
||||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Apps setting serves as an allow list and specifies the applications that will be available in the All apps list. Apps that are not included in this setting are hidden from the user and blocked from running.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You provide the product ID for each app in your file. The product ID identifies an app package, and an app package can contain multiple apps, so you should also provide the App User Model ID (AUMID) to differentiate the app. Optionally, you can set an app to run automatically. [Get product ID and AUMID for apps in Windows 10 Mobile.](product-ids-in-windows-10-mobile.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example makes Outlook Calendar available on the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Calendar -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.calendar">
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When you list an app, you can also set the app to be pinned to the Start screen by specifying the tile size and location. Tip: draw a grid and mark your app tiles on it to make sure you get the result you want. The width (X axis) in the following example is the limit for Windows 10 Mobile, but the length (Y axis) is unlimited. The number of columns available to you depends on the value for [StartScreenSize](#start-screen-size).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Tile sizes are:
|
|
||||||
* Small: 1x1
|
|
||||||
* Medium: 2x2
|
|
||||||
* Large: 2x4
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Based on 6 columns, you can pin six small tiles or three medium tiles on a single row. A large tile can be combined with two small tiles or one medium tile on the same row. Obviously, you cannot set a medium tile for LocationX=5, or a large tile for LocationX=3, 4, or 5.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the tile configuration in your file exceeds the available width, such as setting a large tile to start at position 3 on the X axis, that tile is appended to the bottom of the Start screen. Also, if the tile configuration in your file would result in tiles overlapping each other, the overlapping tiles are instead appended to the bottom of the Start screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the following example, Outlook Calendar and Outlook Mail are pinned to the Start screen, and the Store app is allowed but is not pinned to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Calendar -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.calendar">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Large</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Mail-->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.mail">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>4</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Store -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="7D47D89A-7900-47C5-93F2-46EB6D94C159" aumid="Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
That layout would appear on a device like this:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can create and pin folders to Start by using the Apps setting. Each folder requires a **folderId**, which must be a consecutive positive integer starting with `1`. You can also specify a **folderName** (optional) which will be displayed on Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Management folder -->
|
|
||||||
<Application folderId="1" folderName="Management">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>4</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add apps to the folder, include **ParentFolderId** in the application XML, as shown in the following example:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Calendar -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.calendar">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Large</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
<ParentFolderId>1</ParentFolderId>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Mail-->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.mail">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>4</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
<ParentFolderId>1</ParentFolderId>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
When an app is contained in a folder, its **PinToStart** configuration (tile size and location) applies to its appearance when the folder is opened.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Buttons
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the Buttons setting, you use ButtonLockdownList to disable hardware buttons and ButtonRemapList to change button events to open an app that you specify.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### ButtonLockdownList
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a user taps a button that is in the lockdown list, nothing will happen. The following table lists which events can be disabled for each button.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Button | Press | PressAndHold | All
|
|
||||||
---|:---:|:---:|:--:|-
|
|
||||||
Start |  |  | 
|
|
||||||
Back |  |  | 
|
|
||||||
Search |  |  | 
|
|
||||||
Camera |  |  | 
|
|
||||||
Custom 1, 2, and 3 |  |  | 
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> Custom buttons are hardware buttons that can be added to devices by OEMs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the following example, press-and-hold is disabled for the Back button.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Back">
|
|
||||||
<ButtonEvent name="PressAndHold" />
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
|
||||||
</Buttons>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you don't specify a button event, all actions for the button are disabled. In the next example, all actions are disabled for the camera button.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Camera">
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
|
||||||
</Buttons>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### ButtonRemapList
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ButtonRemapList lets you change the app that a button will run. You can remap the Search button and any custom buttons included by the OEM. You can't remap the Back, Start, or Camera buttons.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!WARNING]
|
|
||||||
> Button remapping can enable a user to open an application that is not in the allow list for that user role. Use button lock down to prevent application access for a user role.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To remap a button, you specify the button, the event, and the product ID for the app that you want the event to open.
|
|
||||||
In the following example, when a user presses the Search button, the phone dialer will open instead of the Search app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<ButtonRemapList>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Search">
|
|
||||||
<ButtonEvent name="Press">
|
|
||||||
<!-- Phone dialer -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productID="{F41B5D0E-EE94-4F47-9CFE-3D3934C5A2C7 }" parameters="" />
|
|
||||||
</ButtonEvent>
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
</ButtonRemapList>
|
|
||||||
</Buttons>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## CSPRunner
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use CSPRunner to include settings that are not defined in AssignedAccessXML. For example, you can include settings from other sections of EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP, such as lockscreen, theme, and time zone. You can also include settings from other CSPs, such as [Wi-Fi CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=717460) or [Policy CSP](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn904962%28v=vs.85%29.aspx).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CSPRunner is helpful when you are configuring a device to support multiple roles. It lets you apply different policies according to the role that is signed on. For example, Wi-Fi could be enabled for a supervisor role and disabled for a stocking clerk role.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In CSPRunner, you specify the CSP and settings using SyncML, a standardized markup language for device management. A SyncML section can include multiple settings, or you can use multiple SyncML sections -- it's up to you how you want to organize settings in this section.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> This description of SyncML is just the information that you need to use SyncML in a lockdown XML file. To learn more about SyncML, see [Structure of OMA DM provisioning files](https://msdn.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/dn914774.aspx).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Let's start with the structure of SyncML in the following example:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Add>|<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>#</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>CSP Path</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">Data Type</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Data>Value</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Add>|</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This table explains the parts of the SyncML structure.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SyncML entry | Description
|
|
||||||
---|---
|
|
||||||
**Add** or **Replace** | Use **Add** to apply a setting or policy that is not already configured. Use **Replace** to change an existing setting or policy.
|
|
||||||
**CmdID** | SyncBody can contain multiple commands. Each command in a lockdown XML file must have a different **CmdID** value.
|
|
||||||
**Item** | **Item** is a wrapper for a single setting. You can include multiple items for the command if they all use the same **Add** or **Replace** operation.
|
|
||||||
**Target > LocURI** | **LocURI** is the path to the CSP.
|
|
||||||
**Meta > Format** | The data format required by the CSP.
|
|
||||||
**Data** | The value for the setting.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Menu items
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use DisableMenuItems to prevent use of the context menu, which is displayed when a user presses and holds an application in the All Apps list. You can include this entry in the default profile and in any additional user role profiles that you create.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<DisableMenuItems/>
|
|
||||||
</MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Settings
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The **Settings** section contains an `allow` list of pages in the Settings app. The following example allows all settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Allow all settings -->
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
In the following example, all system setting pages are enabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupPCSystem" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageDisplay" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageAppsNotifications" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageCalls" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageMessaging" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageBatterySaver" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageStorageSenseStorageOverview" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupPCSystemDeviceEncryption" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageDrivingMode" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPagePCSystemInfo" />
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you list a setting or quick action in **Settings**, all settings and quick actions that are not listed are blocked. To remove access to all of the settings in the system, do not include the settings application in [Apps](#apps).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For a list of the settings and quick actions that you can allow or block, see [Settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile](settings-that-can-be-locked-down.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Tiles
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
By default, under Assigned Access, tile manipulation is turned off (blocked) and only available if enabled in the user’s profile. If tile manipulation is enabled in the user’s profile, they can pin/unpin, move, and resize tiles based on their preferences. When multiple people use one device and you want to enable tile manipulation for multiple users, you must enable it for each user in their user profile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
> If a device is turned off then back on, the tiles reset to their predefined layout. If a device has only one profile, the only way to reset the tiles is to turn off then turn on the device. If a device has multiple profiles, the device resets the tiles to the predefined layout based on the logged-in user’s profile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Tiles>
|
|
||||||
<EnableTileManipulation/>
|
|
||||||
</Tiles>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Start screen size
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Specify the size of the Start screen. In addition to 4/6 columns, you can also use 4/6/8 depending on screen resolutions. Valid values:
|
|
||||||
* Small sets the width to 4 columns on devices with short axis (less than 400epx) or 6 columns on devices with short axis (greater than or equal to 400epx).
|
|
||||||
* Large sets the width to 6 columns on devices with short axis (less than 400epx) or 8 columns on devices with short axis (greater than or equal to 400epx).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you have existing lockdown xml, you must update start screen size if your device has >=400epx on its short axis so that tiles on Start can fill all 8 columns if you want to use all 8 columns instead of 6, or use 6 columns instead of 4.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn about effective pixel width (epx) for different device size classes.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=733340)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Configure additional roles
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can add custom configurations by role. In addition to the role configuration, you must also install a login application on the device. The app displays a list of available roles on the device; the user taps a role, such as "Manager"; the configuration defined for the "Manager" role is applied.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to create a login application that will work with your Lockdown XML file.](https://github.com/Microsoft/Windows-universal-samples/tree/master/Samples/DeviceLockdownAzureLogin) For reference, see the [Windows.Embedded.DeviceLockdown API](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/apps/windows.embedded.devicelockdown).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In the XML file, you define each role with a GUID and name, as shown in the following example:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<Role guid="{7bb62e8c-81ba-463c-b691-74af68230b42}" name="Manager">
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can create a GUID using a GUID generator -- free tools are available online. The GUID needs to be unique within this XML file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can configure the same settings for each role as you did for the default role, except Start screen size which can only be configured for the default role. If you use CSPRunner with roles, be aware that the last CSP setting applied will be retained across roles unless explicitly changed in each role configuration. CSP settings applied by CSPRunner may conflict with settings applied by MDM.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version "1.0" encoding "utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<HandheldLockdown version "1.0" >
|
|
||||||
<Default>
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter>
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Tiles>
|
|
||||||
<StartScreenSize>
|
|
||||||
</Default>
|
|
||||||
<RoleList>
|
|
||||||
<Role>
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter>
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Tiles>
|
|
||||||
</Role>
|
|
||||||
</RoleList>
|
|
||||||
</Default>
|
|
||||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Add lockdown XML to a provisioning package
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the Windows ICD tool included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a provisioning package. [Install the ADK.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526740)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Follow the instructions at [Build and apply a provisioning package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=629651) to create a project, selecting **Common to all Windows mobile editions** for your project.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In **Available customizations**, go to **Runtime settings** > **EmbeddedLockdownProfiles** > **AssignedAccessXml**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. In the center pane, click **Browse** to locate and select the lockdown XML file that you created.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
10. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
11. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
|
||||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you build the provisioning package, follow the instructions for [applying a provisioning package at runtime to Windows 10 Mobile](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=619164).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Push lockdown XML using MDM
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you deploy your devices, you can still configure lockdown settings through your MDM solution if it supports the [EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To push lockdown settings to enrolled devices, use the AssignedAccessXML setting and use the lockdown XML as the value. The lockdown XML will be in a HandheldLockdown section that becomes XML embedded in XML, so the XML that you enter must use escaped characters (such as < in place of <). After the MDM provider pushes your lockdown settings to the device, the CSP processes the file and updates the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Full Lockdown.xml example
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```xml
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<HandheldLockdown version="1.0" >
|
|
||||||
<Default>
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter enabled="true" />
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Settings -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{2A4E62D8-8809-4787-89F8-69D0F01654FB}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Large</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Calendar -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.calendar">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Small</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>2</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Photos -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{FCA55E1B-B9A4-4289-882F-084EF4145005}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>2</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>2</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Edge -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{395589FB-5884-4709-B9DF-F7D558663FFD}" />
|
|
||||||
<!-- Login App -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{C85DC60D-30D4-4C67-A4B4-58282F1D152C}" />
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
<Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<ButtonLockdownList>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Lockdown all buttons -->
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Search">
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Camera">
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Custom1">
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Custom2">
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Custom3">
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
</ButtonLockdownList>
|
|
||||||
<ButtonRemapList>
|
|
||||||
<Button name="Search">
|
|
||||||
<ButtonEvent name="Press">
|
|
||||||
<!-- Edge-->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{395589FB-5884-4709-B9DF-F7D558663FFD}" parameters="" />
|
|
||||||
</ButtonEvent>
|
|
||||||
</Button>
|
|
||||||
</ButtonRemapList>
|
|
||||||
</Buttons>
|
|
||||||
<CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>1</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/Theme/ThemeAccentColorID</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">int</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<!-- zero based index of available theme colors -->
|
|
||||||
<Data>7</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>1</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/Theme/ThemeBackground</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">int</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<!-- 0 for "light", 1 for "dark" -->
|
|
||||||
<Data>1</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>2</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/LockScreenWallpaper/BGFileName</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">chr</Format>
|
|
||||||
<Type xmlns="syncml:metinf">text/plain</Type>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Data>c:\windows\system32\lockscreen\480x800\Wallpaper_05.jpg</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
</CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<DisableMenuItems/>
|
|
||||||
</MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Quick actions: Brightness, Rotation -->
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_System_Display_QuickAction_Brightness"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_System_Display_Internal_Rotation"/>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Brightness+Rotation, About -->
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupPCSystem"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageDisplay"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPagePCSystemInfo"/>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Ringtones, sounds -->
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupPersonalization"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageSounds"/>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Tiles>
|
|
||||||
<EnableTileManipulation/>
|
|
||||||
</Tiles>
|
|
||||||
<StartScreenSize>Small</StartScreenSize>
|
|
||||||
</Default>
|
|
||||||
<RoleList>
|
|
||||||
<Role guid="{88501844-3b51-4c9f-9da7-7ca745e7da6b}" name="Associate">
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter enabled="0"/>
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Settings -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{2A4E62D8-8809-4787-89F8-69D0F01654FB}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Small</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Calendar -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.calendar">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Large</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>2</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Login App -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{C85DC60D-30D4-4C67-A4B4-58282F1D152C}" />
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
<Buttons />
|
|
||||||
<CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>1</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/Theme/ThemeAccentColorID</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">int</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<!-- zero based index of available theme colors -->
|
|
||||||
<Data>10</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>1</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/Theme/ThemeBackground</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">int</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<!-- 0 for "light", 1 for "dark" -->
|
|
||||||
<Data>0</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>2</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/LockScreenWallpaper/BGFileName</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">chr</Format>
|
|
||||||
<Type xmlns="syncml:metinf">text/plain</Type>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Data>c:\windows\system32\lockscreen\480x800\Wallpaper_08.jpg</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
</CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<DisableMenuItems/>
|
|
||||||
</MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Brightness+Rotation, Notifications, About -->
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupPCSystem"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageAppsNotifications"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageDisplay"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPagePCSystemInfo"/>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Ringtones, sounds -->
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupPersonalization"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageSounds"/>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Workplace -->
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageGroupAccounts"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SettingsPageAccountsWorkplace"/>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</Role>
|
|
||||||
<Role guid="{7bb62e8c-81ba-463c-b691-74af68230b42}" name="Manager">
|
|
||||||
<ActionCenter enabled="true" />
|
|
||||||
<Apps>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Alarms and Clock -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{44F7D2B4-553D-4BEC-A8B7-634CE897ED5F}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Small</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Settings -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{2A4E62D8-8809-4787-89F8-69D0F01654FB}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Small</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>1</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Outlook Calendar -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B}" aumid="microsoft.windowscommunicationsapps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.windowslive.calendar">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>2</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>0</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Calculator -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{B58171C6-C70C-4266-A2E8-8F9C994F4456}" />
|
|
||||||
<!-- Photos -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{FCA55E1B-B9A4-4289-882F-084EF4145005}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Small</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>0</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>2</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Store -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{7D47D89A-7900-47C5-93F2-46EB6D94C159}">
|
|
||||||
<PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
<Size>Medium</Size>
|
|
||||||
<Location>
|
|
||||||
<LocationX>2</LocationX>
|
|
||||||
<LocationY>2</LocationY>
|
|
||||||
</Location>
|
|
||||||
</PinToStart>
|
|
||||||
</Application>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Login App -->
|
|
||||||
<Application productId="{C85DC60D-30D4-4C67-A4B4-58282F1D152C}" />
|
|
||||||
</Apps>
|
|
||||||
<Buttons />
|
|
||||||
<CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>1</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/Theme/ThemeAccentColorID</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">int</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<!-- zero based index of available theme colors -->
|
|
||||||
<Data>2</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>1</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/Theme/ThemeBackground</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">int</Format>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<!-- 0 for "light", 1 for "dark" -->
|
|
||||||
<Data>1</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
<SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
|
|
||||||
<SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
<Replace>
|
|
||||||
<CmdID>2</CmdID>
|
|
||||||
<Item>
|
|
||||||
<Target>
|
|
||||||
<LocURI>./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAssignedAccess/LockScreenWallpaper/BGFileName</LocURI>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Format xmlns="syncml:metinf">chr</Format>
|
|
||||||
<Type xmlns="syncml:metinf">text/plain</Type>
|
|
||||||
</Meta>
|
|
||||||
<Data>c:\windows\system32\lockscreen\480x800\Wallpaper_015.jpg</Data>
|
|
||||||
</Item>
|
|
||||||
</Replace>
|
|
||||||
<Final/>
|
|
||||||
</SyncBody>
|
|
||||||
</SyncML>
|
|
||||||
</CSPRunner>
|
|
||||||
<MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<DisableMenuItems/>
|
|
||||||
</MenuItems>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<!-- Allow all settings -->
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Tiles>
|
|
||||||
<EnableTileManipulation/>
|
|
||||||
</Tiles>
|
|
||||||
</Role>
|
|
||||||
</RoleList>
|
|
||||||
</HandheldLockdown>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Learn more
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customizing Your Device Experience with Assigned Access](https://channel9.msdn.com/Events/Build/2016/P508)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile](settings-that-can-be-locked-down.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile](product-ids-in-windows-10-mobile.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Manage Windows 10 and Windows Store tips, tricks, and suggestions (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Windows 10 provides organizations with various options to manage user experiences to provide a consistent and predictable experience for employees.
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["device management"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: devices
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Manage Windows 10 and Windows Store tips, tricks, and suggestions
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Since its inception, Windows 10 has included a number of user experience features that provide useful tips, tricks, and suggestions as you use Windows, as well as app suggestions from the Windows Store. These features are designed to help people get the most out of their Windows 10 experience by, for example, sharing new features, providing more details on the features they use, or sharing content available in the Windows Store. Examples of such user experiences include:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* **Windows Spotlight on the lock screen**. Daily updated images on the lock screen that can include additional facts and tips in “hotspots” that are revealed on hover.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* **Start menu app suggestions**. App suggestions in Start that recommend productivity tool or utilities from the Windows Store.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* **Additional apps on Start**. Additional apps pre-installed on the Start screen which can enhance the user’s experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* **Windows tips**. Contextual tips that appear based on specific user actions to reveal related Windows features or help users complete a scenario.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* **Microsoft account notifications**. For users who have a connected Microsoft account, toast notifications about their account like parental control notifications or subscription expiration.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!TIP]
|
|
||||||
> On all Windows desktop editions, users can directly enable and disable Windows 10 tips, tricks, and suggestions and Windows Store suggestions. For example, users are able to select personal photos for the lock screen as opposed to the images provided by Microsoft, or turn off tips, tricks, or suggestions as they use Windows.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows 10, version 1607 (also known as the Anniversary Update), provides organizations the ability to centrally manage the type of content provided by these features through Group Policy or mobile device management (MDM). The following table describes how administrators can manage suggestions and tips in Windows 10 commercial and education editions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Options available to manage Windows 10 tips and tricks and Windows Store suggestions
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Windows 10 edition | Disable |Show Microsoft apps only | Show Microsoft and popular third-party apps |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| Windows 10 Pro | No | Yes | Yes (default) |
|
|
||||||
| Windows 10 Enterprise | Yes | Yes | Yes (default) |
|
|
||||||
| Windows 10 Pro Education | Yes (default) | Yes | No (setting cannot be changed) |
|
|
||||||
| Windows 10 Education | Yes (default) | Yes | No (setting cannot be changed) |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Manage Windows 10 Start layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
- [Cortana integration in your business or enterprise](manage-cortana-in-enterprise.md)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows spotlight on the lock screen](../whats-new/windows-spotlight.md)
|
|
||||||
- [Windows 10 editions for education customers](https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/edu/windows/windows-editions-for-education-customers)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Manage Wi-Fi Sense in your company (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Wi-Fi Sense automatically connects you to Wi-Fi, so you can get online quickly in more places.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 1845e00d-c4ee-4a8f-a5e5-d00f2735a271
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["WiFi Sense", "automatically connect to wi-fi", "wi-fi hotspot connection"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: mobile
|
|
||||||
author: eross-msft
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: medium
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Manage Wi-Fi Sense in your company
|
|
||||||
**Applies to:**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>Learn more about what features and functionality are supported in each Windows edition at [Compare Windows 10 Editions](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/WindowsForBusiness/Compare).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Wi-Fi Sense learns about open Wi-Fi hotspots your Windows PC or Windows phone connects to by collecting information about the network, like whether the open Wi-Fi network has a high-quality connection to the Internet. By using that information from your device and from other Wi-Fi Sense customers' devices too, Wi-Fi Sense builds a database of these high-quality networks. When you’re in range of one of these Wi-Fi hotspots, you automatically get connected to it.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The initial settings for Wi-Fi Sense are determined by the options you chose when you first set up your PC with Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**<br>Wi-Fi Sense isn’t available in all countries or regions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## How does Wi-Fi Sense work?
|
|
||||||
Wi-Fi Sense connects your employees to open Wi-Fi networks. Typically, these are the open (no password required) Wi-Fi hotspots you see when you’re out and about.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## How to manage Wi-Fi Sense in your company
|
|
||||||
In a company environment, you will most likely deploy Windows 10 to your employees' PCs using your preferred deployment method and then manage their settings globally. With that in mind, you have a few options for managing how your employees will use Wi-Fi Sense.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Important**<br>Turning off Wi-Fi Sense stops employees from connecting automatically to open hotspots.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Using Group Policy (available starting with Windows 10, version 1511)
|
|
||||||
You can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by using Group Policy and your Group Policy editor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using Group Policy**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Network\WLAN Service\WLAN Settings\Allow Windows to automatically connect to suggested open hotspots, to networks shared by contacts, and to hotspots offering paid services` setting.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Turn Wi-Fi Sense on (enabled) or off (disabled), based on your company's environment.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Using the Registry Editor
|
|
||||||
You can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by using registry keys and the Registry Editor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using the Registry Editor**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open your Registry Editor and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WcmSvc\wifinetworkmanager\config\`
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Create and set a new **DWORD (32-bit) Value** named, **AutoConnectAllowedOEM**, with a **Value data** of **0 (zero)**.
|
|
||||||
<p>Setting this value to **0** turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the **Wi-Fi Settings** screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see [How to configure Wi-Fi Sense on Windows 10 in an enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620959).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Using the Windows Provisioning settings
|
|
||||||
You can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by changing the Windows provisioning setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using WiFISenseAllowed**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Change the Windows Provisioning setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**, to **0**.
|
|
||||||
<p>Setting this value to **0** turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the **Wi-Fi Settings** screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see the Windows Provisioning settings reference topic, [WiFiSenseAllowed](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620909).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Using Unattended Windows Setup settings
|
|
||||||
If your company still uses Unattend, you can manage your Wi-Fi Sense settings by changing the Unattended Windows Setup setting, **WiFiSenseAllowed**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up Wi-Fi Sense using WiFISenseAllowed**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Change the Unattended Windows Setup setting, **WiFISenseAllowed**, to **0**.
|
|
||||||
<p>Setting this value to **0** turns off Wi-Fi Sense and all Wi-Fi sense features. When turned off, the Wi-Fi Sense settings still appear on the **Wi-Fi Settings** screen, but can't be controlled by the employee and all of the Wi-Fi Sense features are turned off. For more info, see the Unattended Windows Setup Reference topic, [WiFiSenseAllowed](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620910).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### How employees can change their own Wi-Fi Sense settings
|
|
||||||
If you don’t turn off the ability for your employees to use Wi-Fi Sense, they can turn it on locally by selecting **Settings > Network & Internet > Wi-Fi > Manage Wi-Fi settings**, and then turning on **Connect to suggested open hotspots**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Important**<br>The service that was used to share networks with Facebook friends, Outlook.com contacts, or Skype contacts is no longer available. This means:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The **Connect to networks shared by my contacts** setting will still appear in **Settings > Network & Internet > Wi-Fi > Manage Wi-Fi settings** on your PC and in **Settings > Network & wireless > Wi‑Fi > Wi‑Fi Sense** on your phone. However, this setting will have no effect now. Regardless of what it’s set to, networks won’t be shared with your contacts. Your contacts won’t be connected to networks you’ve shared with them, and you won’t be connected to networks they’ve shared with you.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Even if you selected **Automatically connect to networks shared by your contacts** when you first set up your Windows 10 device, you still won’t be connected to networks your contacts have shared with you.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you select the **Share network with my contacts** check box the first time you connect to a new network, the network won’t be shared.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
- [Wi-Fi Sense and Privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620911)
|
|
||||||
- [How to configure Wi-Fi Sense on Windows 10 in an enterprise](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620959)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: You can use the product ID and Application User Model (AUMID) in Lockdown.xml to specify apps that will be available to the user.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 31116BED-C16A-495A-BD44-93218A087A1C
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["lockdown"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: mobile
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the product ID and Application User Model (AUMID) in Lockdown.xml to specify apps that will be available to the user.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Apps included in Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table lists the product ID and AUMID for each app that is included in Windows 10 Mobile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">App</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Product ID</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">AUMID</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Alarms and clock</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">44F7D2B4-553D-4BEC-A8B7-634CE897ED5F</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsAlarms_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Calculator</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">B58171C6-C70C-4266-A2E8-8F9C994F4456</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Camera</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">F0D8FEFD-31CD-43A1-A45A-D0276DB069F1</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsCamera_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Contact Support</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">0DB5FCFF-4544-458A-B320-E352DFD9CA2B</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Windows.ContactSupport_cw5n1h2txyewy!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Cortana</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">FD68DCF4-166F-4C55-A4CA-348020F71B94</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Windows.Cortana_cw5n1h2txyewy!CortanaUI</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Excel</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">EAD3E7C0-FAE6-4603-8699-6A448138F4DC</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Office.Excel_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.excel</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Facebook</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">82A23635-5BD9-DF11-A844-00237DE2DB9E</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.MSFacebook_8wekyb3d8bbwe!x82a236355bd9df11a84400237de2db9e</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">File Explorer</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">C5E2524A-EA46-4F67-841F-6A9465D9D515</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">c5e2524a-ea46-4f67-841f-6a9465d9d515_cw5n1h2txyewy!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">FM Radio</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">F725010E-455D-4C09-AC48-BCDEF0D4B626</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">N/A</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Get Started</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">B3726308-3D74-4A14-A84C-867C8C735C3C</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Getstarted_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Groove Music</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">D2B6A184-DA39-4C9A-9E0A-8B589B03DEC0</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.ZuneMusic_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.ZuneMusic</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Maps</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">ED27A07E-AF57-416B-BC0C-2596B622EF7D</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsMaps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Messaging</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">27E26F40-E031-48A6-B130-D1F20388991A</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Messaging_8wekyb3d8bbwe!x27e26f40ye031y48a6yb130yd1f20388991ax</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft Edge</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">395589FB-5884-4709-B9DF-F7D558663FFD</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Money</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">1E0440F1-7ABF-4B9A-863D-177970EEFB5E</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.BingFinance_8wekyb3d8bbwe!AppexFinance</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Movies and TV</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">6AFFE59E-0467-4701-851F-7AC026E21665</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.ZuneVideo_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.ZuneVideo</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">News</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">9C3E8CAD-6702-4842-8F61-B8B33CC9CAF1</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.BingNews_8wekyb3d8bbwe!AppexNews</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">OneDrive</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">AD543082-80EC-45BB-AA02-FFE7F4182BA8</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.MicrosoftSkydrive_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">OneNote</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">CA05B3AB-F157-450C-8C49-A1F127F5E71D</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Office.OneNote_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.onenoteim</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Outlook Calendar</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Microsoft.WindowsCommunicationsApps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.WindowsLive.Calendar</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Outlook Mail</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>A558FEBA-85D7-4665-B5D8-A2FF9C19799B</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Microsoft.WindowsCommunicationsApps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.WindowsLive.Mail</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">People</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">60BE1FB8-3291-4B21-BD39-2221AB166481</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.People_8wekyb3d8bbwe!xb94d6231y84ddy49a8yace3ybc955e769e85x</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Phone (dialer)</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">F41B5D0E-EE94-4F47-9CFE-3D3934C5A2C7</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.CommsPhone_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Photos</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">FCA55E1B-B9A4-4289-882F-084EF4145005</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Windows.Photos_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Podcasts</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">C3215724-B279-4206-8C3E-61D1A9D63ED3</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.MSPodcast_8wekyb3d8bbwe!xc3215724yb279y4206y8c3ey61d1a9d63ed3x</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Powerpoint</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">B50483C4-8046-4E1B-81BA-590B24935798</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Office.PowerPoint_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.pptim</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Settings</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">2A4E62D8-8809-4787-89F8-69D0F01654FB</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">2a4e62d8-8809-4787-89f8-69d0f01654fb_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Skype</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">C3F8E570-68B3-4D6A-BDBB-C0A3F4360A51</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.SkypeApp_kzf8qxf38zg5c!Skype.AppId</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Skype Video</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">27E26F40-E031-48A6-B130-D1F20388991A</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Messaging_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Sports</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">0F4C8C7E-7114-4E1E-A84C-50664DB13B17</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.BingSports_8wekyb3d8bbwe!AppexSports</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Storage</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">5B04B775-356B-4AA0-AAF8-6491FFEA564D</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">N/A</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Store</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">7D47D89A-7900-47C5-93F2-46EB6D94C159</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Voice recorder</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">7311B9C5-A4E9-4C74-BC3C-55B06BA95AD0</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsSoundRecorder_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Wallet</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">587A4577-7868-4745-A29E-F996203F1462</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.MicrosoftWallet_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Weather</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">63C2A117-8604-44E7-8CEF-DF10BE3A57C8</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.BingWeather_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Windows Feedback</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">7604089D-D13F-4A2D-9998-33FC02B63CE3</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.WindowsFeedback_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Word</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">258F115C-48F4-4ADB-9A68-1387E634459B</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Xbox</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">B806836F-EEBE-41C9-8669-19E243B81B83</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microsoft.XboxApp_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.XboxApp</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Get product ID and AUMID for other apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To get the product ID and AUMID for apps that are installed from Windows Store or installed locally ([side-loaded](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=623433)), use the following steps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Prerequisites**: a device with an SD card inserted and all apps installed that you want to get IDs for
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. On Start , swipe over to the App list, then tap **Settings**  > **Accounts** > **Apps Corner**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Tap **Apps**, tap to select the app that you want to get IDs for, and then tap done 
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Tap **advanced**, and then **tap export to SD card**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Connect the device to a PC using USB, and then open the WEHLockdown.xml file on the SD card of the device to view the product ID and AUMID for each app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 Mobile using Lockdown XML](lockdown-xml.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile](settings-that-can-be-locked-down.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up a device for anyone to use (kiosk mode) (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: You can configure Windows 10 as a kiosk device, so that users can only interact with a single app.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: F1F4FF19-188C-4CDC-AABA-977639C53CA8
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["kiosk", "lockdown", "assigned access"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up a device for anyone to use (kiosk mode)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Looking for Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry information?**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Assigned Access]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613653)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can configure a device running Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 Mobile, or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise as a kiosk device, so that users can only interact with a single application that you select.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Do you need a computer that can only do one thing? For example:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A device in the lobby that customers can use to view your product catalog.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A portable device that drivers can use to check a route on a map.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A device that a temporary worker uses to enter data.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table identifies the type of application that can be used on each Windows 10 edition to create a kiosk device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
> A Universal Windows app is built on the Universal Windows Platform (UWP), which was first introduced in Windows 8 as the Windows Runtime. A Classic Windows application uses the Classic Windows Platform (CWP) (e.g., COM, Win32, WPF, WinForms, etc.) and is typically launched using an .EXE or .DLL file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Windows 10 edition | Universal Windows app | Classic Windows application |
|
|
||||||
|--------------------|------------------------------------|--------------------------------------|
|
|
||||||
| Mobile |  |  |
|
|
||||||
| Mobile Enterprise |  |  |
|
|
||||||
| Pro |  |  |
|
|
||||||
| Enterprise |  |  |
|
|
||||||
| Education |  |  |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## In this section
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
<colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<col width="50%" />
|
|
||||||
<col width="50%" />
|
|
||||||
</colgroup>
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Topic</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Description</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-desktop-editions.md)</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>A single-use device is easy to set up in Windows 10 for desktop editions (Pro, Enterprise, and Education). For a kiosk device to run a Universal Windows app, use the <strong>assigned access</strong> feature. For a kiosk device (Windows 10 Enterprise or Education) to run a Classic Windows application, use <strong>Shell Launcher</strong> to set a custom user interface as the shell.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>[Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-mobile-edition.md)</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>A device in kiosk mode runs a specified app with no access to other device functions, menus, or settings. You configure a device running Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise for kiosk mode by using the Apps Corner feature. You can also use the Enterprise Assigned Access configuration service provider (CSP) to configure a kiosk experience.</p></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Learn more
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customizing Your Device Experience with Assigned Access](https://channel9.msdn.com/Events/Build/2016/P508)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,444 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A single-use device is easy to set up in Windows 10 for desktop editions (Pro, Enterprise, and Education).
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Looking for Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry information?** See [Assigned Access]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613653)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A single-use or *kiosk* device is easy to set up in Windows 10 for desktop editions (Pro, Enterprise, and Education). For a kiosk device to run a Universal Windows app, use the **assigned access** feature. For a kiosk device (Windows 10 Enterprise or Education) to run a Classic Windows application, use **Shell Launcher** to set a custom user interface as the shell. To return the device to the regular shell, see [Sign out of assigned access](#sign-out-of-assigned-access).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
A Universal Windows app is built on the Universal Windows Platform (UWP), which was first introduced in Windows 8 as the Windows Runtime. A Classic Windows application uses the Classic Windows Platform (CWP) (e.g., COM, Win32, WPF, WinForms, etc.) and is typically launched using an .EXE or .DLL file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Other settings to lock down
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following configuration changes to the device:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Put device in **Tablet mode**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you want users to be able to use the touch (on screen) keyboard, go to **Settings** > **System** > **Tablet mode** and choose **On.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Hide **Ease of access** feature on the logon screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Control Panel** > **Ease of Access** > **Ease of Access Center**, and turn off all accessibility tools.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Disable the hardware power button.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Power Options** > **Choose what the power button does**, change the setting to **Do nothing**, and then **Save changes**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Remove the power button from the sign-in screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Computer Configuration** > **Windows Settings** > **Security Settings** > **Local Policies** >**Security Options** > **Shutdown: Allow system to be shut down without having to log on** and select **Disabled.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Disable the camera.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Settings** > **Privacy** > **Camera**, and turn off **Let apps use my camera**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Turn off app notifications on the lock screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\System\\Logon\\Turn off app notifications on the lock screen**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Disable removable media.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\System\\Device Installation\\Device Installation Restrictions**. Review the policy settings available in **Device Installation Restrictions** for the settings applicable to your situation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, in **Device Installation Restrictions**, enable **Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="assigned-access-method"></a>Assigned access method for Universal Windows apps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Using assigned access, Windows 10 runs the designated Universal Windows app above the lockscreen, so that the assigned access account has no access to any other functionality on the device. You have these choices for setting up assigned access:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Method | Account type | Windows 10 edition |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| [Use Settings on the PC](#set-up-assigned-access-in-pc-settings) | Local standard | Pro, Enterprise, Education |
|
|
||||||
| [Apply a mobile device management (MDM) policy](#set-up-assigned-access-in-mdm) | All (domain, local standard, local administrator, etc) | Enterprise, Education |
|
|
||||||
| [Create a provisioning package using Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)](#icd) | All (domain, local standard, local administrator, etc) | Enterprise, Education |
|
|
||||||
| [Run a PowerShell script](#set-up-assigned-access-using-windows-powershell) | Local standard | Pro, Enterprise, Education |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Requirements
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A domain or local user account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A Universal Windows app that is installed or provisioned for that account and is an above lock screen app. For more information, see [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md). For details on building an above lock screen app, see [Kiosk apps for assigned access: Best practices](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708386).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The app can be your own company app that you have made available in your own app Store. To set up assigned access using MDM or PowerShell, you also need the Application User Model ID (AUMID) for the app. [Learn how to get the AUMID](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=614867).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Universal Windows app must be able to handle multiple views and cannot launch other apps or dialogs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
Assigned access does not work on a device that is connected to more than one monitor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Set up assigned access in PC settings
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Go to **Start** > **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Other users**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Choose **Set up assigned access**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Choose an account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Choose an app. Only apps that can run above the lock screen will be displayed. For more information, see [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Close **Settings** – your choices are saved automatically, and will be applied the next time that user account logs on.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To remove assigned access, in step 3, choose **Don't use assigned access**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Set up assigned access in MDM
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Assigned Access has one setting, KioskModeApp. In the KioskModeApp setting, you enter the user account name and AUMID for the app to run in kiosk mode.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to get the AUMID](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=614867).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[See the technical reference for the Assigned Access configuration service provider.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=626608)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### <a href="" id="icd"></a>Set up assigned access using Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Use the Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) tool included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 to create a provisioning package that configures a device as a kiosk. [Install the ADK.](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Important**
|
|
||||||
When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Create a provisioning package for a kiosk device**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open Windows ICD (by default, %windir%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Name your project, and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **AssignedAccess**, and click **AssignedAccessSettings**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. Enter a string to specify the user account and app (by AUMID). For example:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"Account":"contoso\\\\kiosk","AUMID":"8f82d991-f842-44c3-9a95-521b58fc2084"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
10. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
13. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
|
||||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Apply the provisioning package**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Select the provisioning package that you want to apply, double-click the file, and then allow admin privileges.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Consent to allow the package to be installed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After you allow the package to be installed, the settings will be applied to the device
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to apply a provisioning package in audit mode or OOBE.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=692012)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Set up assigned access using Windows PowerShell
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use any of the following PowerShell cmdlets to set up assigned access on multiple devices.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To open PowerShell on Windows 10, search for PowerShell and find **Windows PowerShell Desktop app** in the results. Run PowerShell as administrator.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
Set-AssignedAccess -AppUserModelId <AUMID> -UserName <username>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
Set-AssignedAccess -AppUserModelId <AUMID> -UserSID <usersid>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
Set-AssignedAccess -AppName <CustomApp> -UserName <username>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
Set-AssignedAccess -AppName <CustomApp> -UserSID <usersid>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Note:** To set up assigned access using `-AppName`, the user account that you specify for assigned access must have logged on at least once.
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to get the AUMID](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=614867).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to get the AppName](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt620046%28v=vs.85%29.aspx) (see **Parameters**).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to get the SID](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615517).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To remove assigned access, using PowerShell, run the following cmdlet.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
Clear-AssignedAccess
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Set up automatic logon
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When your kiosk device restarts, whether from an update or power outage, you can log on the assigned access account manually or you can configure the device to log on to the assigned access account automatically. Make sure that Group Policy settings applied to the device do not prevent automatic logon.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Edit the registry to have an account automatically logged on.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open Registry Editor (regedit.exe).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
If you are not familiar with Registry Editor, [learn how to modify the Windows registry](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615002).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Go to
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\WindowsNT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Set the values for the following keys.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- *AutoAdminLogon*: set value as **1**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- *DefaultUserName*: set value as the account that you want logged in.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- *DefaultPassword*: set value as the password for the account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Note** If *DefaultUserName* and *DefaultPassword* aren't there, add them as **New** > **String Value**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- *DefaultDomainName*: set value for domain, only for domain accounts. For local accounts, do not add this key.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Close Registry Editor. The next time the computer restarts, the account will be logged on automatically.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Sign out of assigned access
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To exit the assigned access (kiosk) app, press **Ctrl + Alt + Del**, and then sign in using another account. When you press **Ctrl + Alt + Del** to sign out of assigned access, the kiosk app will exit automatically. If you sign in again as the assigned access account or wait for the login screen timeout, the kiosk app will be re-launched. The assigned access user will remain signed in until an admin account opens **Task Manager** > **Users** and signs out the user account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you press **Ctrl + Alt + Del** and do not sign in to another account, after a set time, assigned access will resume. The default time is 30 seconds, but you can change that in the following registry key:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Authentication\LogonUI**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To change the default time for assigned access to resume, add *IdleTimeOut* (DWORD) and enter the value data as milliseconds in hexadecimal.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="local-user-policy"></a>Shell Launcher for Classic Windows applications
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Using Shell Launcher, you can configure a kiosk device that runs a Classic Windows application as the user interface. The application that you specify replaces the default shell (explorer.exe) that usually runs when a user logs on.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Requirements
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A domain or local user account.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A Classic Windows application that is installed for that account. The app can be your own company application or a common app like Internet Explorer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[See the technical reference for the shell launcher component.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618603)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Configure Shell Launcher
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To set a Classic Windows application as the shell, you first turn on the Shell Launcher feature, and then you can set your custom shell as the default using PowerShell.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn on Shell Launcher in Windows features**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Go to Control Panel > **Programs and Features** > **Turn Windows features on or off**.
|
|
||||||
2. Select **Embedded Shell Launcher** and **OK**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Alternatively, you can turn on Shell Launcher using the Deployment Image Servicing and Management (DISM.exe) tool.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To turn on Shell Launcher using DISM**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Open a command prompt as an administrator.
|
|
||||||
2. Enter the following command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
Dism /online /Enable-Feature /all /FeatureName:Client-EmbeddedShellLauncher
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set your custom shell**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Modify the following PowerShell script as appropriate. The comments in the sample script explain the purpose of each section and tell you where you will want to change the script for your purposes. Save your script with the extension .ps1, open Windows PowerShell as administrator, and run the script on the kiosk device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
# Check if shell launcher license is enabled
|
|
||||||
function Check-ShellLauncherLicenseEnabled
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
[string]$source = @"
|
|
||||||
using System;
|
|
||||||
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static class CheckShellLauncherLicense
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
const int S_OK = 0;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
public static bool IsShellLauncherLicenseEnabled()
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
int enabled = 0;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (NativeMethods.SLGetWindowsInformationDWORD("EmbeddedFeature-ShellLauncher-Enabled", out enabled) != S_OK) {
|
|
||||||
enabled = 0;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return (enabled != 0);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static class NativeMethods
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
[DllImport("Slc.dll")]
|
|
||||||
internal static extern int SLGetWindowsInformationDWORD([MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.LPWStr)]string valueName, out int value);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
"@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$type = Add-Type -TypeDefinition $source -PassThru
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return $type[0]::IsShellLauncherLicenseEnabled()
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[bool]$result = $false
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$result = Check-ShellLauncherLicenseEnabled
|
|
||||||
"`nShell Launcher license enabled is set to " + $result
|
|
||||||
if (-not($result))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
"`nThis device doesn't have required license to use Shell Launcher"
|
|
||||||
exit
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$COMPUTER = "localhost"
|
|
||||||
$NAMESPACE = "root\standardcimv2\embedded"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create a handle to the class instance so we can call the static methods.
|
|
||||||
try {
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass = [wmiclass]"\\$COMPUTER\${NAMESPACE}:WESL_UserSetting"
|
|
||||||
} catch [Exception] {
|
|
||||||
write-host $_.Exception.Message;
|
|
||||||
write-host "Make sure Shell Launcher feature is enabled"
|
|
||||||
exit
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This well-known security identifier (SID) corresponds to the BUILTIN\Administrators group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$Admins_SID = "S-1-5-32-544"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create a function to retrieve the SID for a user account on a machine.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
function Get-UsernameSID($AccountName) {
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$NTUserObject = New-Object System.Security.Principal.NTAccount($AccountName)
|
|
||||||
$NTUserSID = $NTUserObject.Translate([System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier])
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return $NTUserSID.Value
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Get the SID for a user account named "Cashier". Rename "Cashier" to an existing account on your system to test this script.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$Cashier_SID = Get-UsernameSID("Cashier")
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define actions to take when the shell program exits.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$restart_shell = 0
|
|
||||||
$restart_device = 1
|
|
||||||
$shutdown_device = 2
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Examples. You can change these examples to use the program that you want to use as the shell.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This example sets the command prompt as the default shell, and restarts the device if the command prompt is closed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.SetDefaultShell("cmd.exe", $restart_device)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Display the default shell to verify that it was added correctly.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$DefaultShellObject = $ShellLauncherClass.GetDefaultShell()
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"`nDefault Shell is set to " + $DefaultShellObject.Shell + " and the default action is set to " + $DefaultShellObject.defaultaction
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set Internet Explorer as the shell for "Cashier", and restart the machine if Internet Explorer is closed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.SetCustomShell($Cashier_SID, "c:\program files\internet explorer\iexplore.exe www.microsoft.com", ($null), ($null), $restart_shell)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set Explorer as the shell for administrators.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.SetCustomShell($Admins_SID, "explorer.exe")
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# View all the custom shells defined.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"`nCurrent settings for custom shells:"
|
|
||||||
Get-WmiObject -namespace $NAMESPACE -computer $COMPUTER -class WESL_UserSetting | Select Sid, Shell, DefaultAction
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Enable Shell Launcher
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.SetEnabled($TRUE)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$IsShellLauncherEnabled = $ShellLauncherClass.IsEnabled()
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"`nEnabled is set to " + $IsShellLauncherEnabled.Enabled
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Remove the new custom shells.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.RemoveCustomShell($Admins_SID)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.RemoveCustomShell($Cashier_SID)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Disable Shell Launcher
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$ShellLauncherClass.SetEnabled($FALSE)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
$IsShellLauncherEnabled = $ShellLauncherClass.IsEnabled()
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"`nEnabled is set to " + $IsShellLauncherEnabled.Enabled
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a device for anyone to use](set-up-a-device-for-anyone-to-use.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a kiosk for Windows 10 for mobile edition](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-mobile-edition.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage and update Windows 10](index.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: A device in kiosk mode runs a specified app with no access to other device functions, menus, or settings.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 35EC82D8-D9E8-45C3-84E9-B0C8C167BFF7
|
|
||||||
keywords: kiosk, lockdown, assigned access
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: mobile
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A device in kiosk mode runs a specified app with no access to other device functions, menus, or settings. You configure a device running Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise for kiosk mode by using the Apps Corner feature. You can also use the Enterprise Assigned Access configuration service provider (CSP) to configure a kiosk experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
The specified app must be an above lock screen app. For details on building an above lock screen app, see [Kiosk apps for assigned access: Best practices](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708386).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Apps Corner
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Apps Corner lets you set up a custom Start screen on your Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise device, where you can share only the apps you choose with the people you let use your device. You configure a device for kiosk mode by selecting a single app to use in Apps Corner.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To set up Apps Corner**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. On Start , swipe over to the App list, then tap **Settings**  > **Accounts** > **Apps Corner**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Tap **Apps**, tap to select the app that you want people to use in the kiosk mode, and then tap done 
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. If your phone doesn't already have a lock screen password, you can set one now to ensure that people can't get to your Start screen from Apps Corner. Tap **Protect my phone with a password**, click **Add**, type a PIN in the **New PIN** box, type it again in the **Confirm PIN** box, and then tap **OK**. Press **Back**  to the Apps Corner settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Turn **Action center** on or off, depending on whether you want people to be able to use these features when using the device in kiosk mode.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Tap **advanced**, and then turn features on or off, depending on whether you want people to be able to use them.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Press **Back**  when you're done.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To use Apps Corner**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. On Start , swipe over to the App list, then tap **Settings**  > **Accounts** > **Apps Corner** > launch .
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Tip**
|
|
||||||
Want to get to Apps Corner with one tap? In **Settings**, tap **Apps Corner** > **pin** to pin the Apps Corner tile to your Start screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Give the device to someone else, so they can use the device and only the one app you chose.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. When they're done and you get the device back, press and hold Power , and then swipe right to exit Apps Corner.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Enterprise Assigned Access
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Enterprise Assigned Access allows you to lock down your Windows 10 Mobile or Windows 10 Mobile Enterprise device in kiosk mode by creating a user role that has only a single app, set to run automatically, in the Allow list.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note** The app can be a Universal Windows app, Universal Windows Phone 8 app, or a legacy Silverlight app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Set up Enterprise Assigned Access in MDM
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In AssignedAccessXml, for Application, you enter the product ID for the app to run in kiosk mode. Find product IDs at [Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile](product-ids-in-windows-10-mobile.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[See the technical reference for the Enterprise Assigned Access configuration service provider (CSP).](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Set up assigned access using Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Important**
|
|
||||||
When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To create and apply a provisioning package for a kiosk device**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Create an *AssignedAccess*.xml file that specifies the app the device will run. (You can name use any file name.) For instructions on AssignedAccessXml, see [EnterpriseAssignedAccess CSP](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=618601).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
Do not escape the xml in *AssignedAccess*.xml file as Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) will do that when building the package. Providing escaped xml in Windows ICD will cause building the package fail.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Open Windows ICD (by default, `%windir%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe`).
|
|
||||||
3. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Name your project, and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Choose **All Windows mobile editions** and click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. Expand **Runtime settings** > **EmbeddedLockdownProfiles**, and click **AssignedAccessXml**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Click **Browse** to select the *AssignedAccess*.xml file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
9. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
10. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
11. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
12. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
13. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows ICD uses the project folder as the output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
14. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
15. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
16. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
|
|
||||||
- If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
17. Select the **output location** link to go to the location of the package. You can distribute that .ppkg to mobile devices using any of the following methods:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Removable media (USB/SD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To apply a provisioning package from removable media**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Copy the provisioning package file to the root directory on a micro SD card.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. On the device, insert the micro SD card containing the provisioning package.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Go to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Provisioning.**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Tap **Add a package**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. On the **Choose a method** screen, in the **Add from** dropdown menu, select **Removable Media**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. Select a package will list all available provisioning packages on the micro SD card. Tap the desired package, and then tap **Add**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. You will see a message that tells you what the package will do the device, such as **Adding it will: Lock down the user interface**. Tap **Yes, add it**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Restart the device and verify that the runtime settings that were configured in the provisioning package were applied to the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Email
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To apply a provisioning package sent in email**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Send the provisioning package in email to an account on the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Open the email on the device, and then double-tap the attached file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. You will see a message that tells you what the package will do the device, such as **Adding it will: Lock down the user interface**. Tap **Yes, add it**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Restart the device and verify that the runtime settings that were configured in the provisioning package were applied to the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- USB tether (mobile only)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To apply a provisioning package using USB tether**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Connect the device to your PC by USB.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Select the provisioning package that you want to use to provision the device, and then drag and drop the file to your device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. The provisioning package installation dialog will appear on the phone.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. You will see a message that tells you what the package will do the device, such as **Adding it will: Lock down the user interface**. Tap **Yes, add it**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. Restart the device and verify that the runtime settings that were configured in the provisioning package were applied to the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Learn how to apply a provisioning package in audit mode or OOBE.](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=692012)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education](set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-desktop-editions.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 Mobile using Lockdown XML](lockdown-xml.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile](product-ids-in-windows-10-mobile.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,517 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: This topic lists the settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 69E2F202-D32B-4FAC-A83D-C3051DF02185
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["lockdown"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: mobile
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This topic lists the settings and quick actions that can be locked down in Windows 10 Mobile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Settings lockdown
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use Lockdown.xml to configure lockdown settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table lists the settings pages and page groups. Use the page name in the Settings section of Lockdown.xml. The Settings section contains an allow list of pages in the Settings app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Main menu</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Sub-menu</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Page name</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">System</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupPCSystem</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Display</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageDisplay</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Notifications & actions</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAppsNotifications</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Phone</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageCalls</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Messaging</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageMessaging</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Battery</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageBatterySaver</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Apps for websites</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAppsForWebsites</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Storage</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageStorageSenseStorageOverview</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Driving mode</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageDrivingMode</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Offline maps</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageMaps</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">About</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePCSystemInfo</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Devices</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupDevices</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Default camera</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePhotos</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Bluetooth</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePCSystemBluetooth</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">NFC</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePhoneNFC</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Mouse</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageMouseTouchpad</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">USB</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageUsb</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Network and wireless</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupNetwork</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Cellular & SIM</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageNetworkCellular</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Wi-Fi</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageNetworkWiFi</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Airplane mode</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageNetworkAirplaneMode</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Data usage</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageDataSenseOverview</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Mobile hotspot</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageNetworkMobileHotspot</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">VPN</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageNetworkVPN</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Personalization</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupPersonalization</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Start</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageBackGround</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Colors</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageColors</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Sounds</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageSounds</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Lock screen</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageLockscreen</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Glance screen</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGlance</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Navigation bar</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsNagivationBar</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Accounts</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupAccounts</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Your info</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAccountsPicture</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Sign-in options</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAccountsSignInOptions</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Email & app accounts</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAccountsEmailApp</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Access work or school</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageWorkAccess</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Sync your settings</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAccountsSync</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Apps corner</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>(disabled in Assigned Access)</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAppsCorner</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Time & language</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupTimeRegion</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Date & time</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageTimeRegionDateTime</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Language</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageTimeLanguage</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Region</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageTimeRegion</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Keyboard</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageKeyboard</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Speech</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageSpeech</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Ease of access</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupEaseOfAccess</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Narrator</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageEaseOfAccessNarrator</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Magnifier</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageEaseOfAccessMagnifier</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">High contrast</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageEaseOfAccessHighContrast</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Closed captions</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageEaseOfAccessClosedCaptioning</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">More options</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageEaseOfAccessMoreOptions</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Privacy</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupPrivacy</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Location</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyLocation</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Camera</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyWebcam</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Microphone</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyMicrophone</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Motion</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyMotionData</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Notifications</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyNotifications</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Speech. inking, & typing</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyPersonalization</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Account info</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyAccountInfo</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Contacts</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyContacts</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Calendar</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyCalendar</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Phone calls</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyPhoneCall</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Call history</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyCallHistory</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Email</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyEmail</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr><tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Messaging</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyMessaging</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Radios</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyRadios</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Continue App Experiences</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyCDP</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Background apps</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyBackgroundApps</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Accessory apps</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageAccessories</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Advertising ID</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyAdvertisingId</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Other devices</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacyCustomPeripherals</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Feedback and diagnostics</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPagePrivacySIUFSettings</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Update and security</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupRestore</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Phone update</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageRestoreMusUpdate</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Windows Insider Program</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageFlights</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Device encryption</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupPCSystemDeviceEncryption</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Backup</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageRestoreOneBackup</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Find my phone</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageFindMyDevice</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">For developers</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageSystemDeveloperOptions</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">OEM</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageGroupExtensibility</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Extensibility</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">SettingsPageExtensibility</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Quick actions lockdown
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Quick action buttons are locked down in exactly the same way as Settings pages/groups. By default they are always conditional.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can specify the quick actions as follows:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
``` syntax
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_System_Display_QuickAction_Brightness"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_System_Display_Internal_Rotation"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_QuickAction_WiFi"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_QuickAction_InternetSharing"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_QuickAction_CellularData"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_QuickAction_AirplaneMode"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_Privacy_LocationEnabledUserPhone"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_Network_VPN_QuickAction"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_Flashlight_Toggle"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_Device_BluetoothQuickAction"/>
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_BatterySaver_LandingPage_OverrideControl" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_QuickAction_QuietHours" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_QuickAction_Camera" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="SystemSettings_Launcher_QuickNote" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="QuickActions_Launcher_AllSettings" />
|
|
||||||
<System name="QuickActions_Launcher_DeviceDiscovery" />
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Some quick actions are dependent on related settings pages/page groups. When a dependent page/group is not available, then the corresponding quick action will also be hidden.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
Dependent settings group/pages will be automatically enabled when a quick action is specified in the lockdown xml file. For example, if the Rotation quick setting is specified, the following group and page will automatically be added to the allow list: “SettingsPageSystemDisplay” and “SettingsPageDisplay”.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table lists the dependencies between quick actions and Settings groups/pages.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Quick action | Settings group | Settings page |
|
|
||||||
|-----|-------|-------|
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_System\_Display\_QuickAction\_Brightness | SettingsPageSystemDisplay| SettingsPageDisplay |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_System\_Display\_Internal\_Rotation | SettingsPageSystemDisplay | SettingsPageDisplay |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_QuickAction\_WiFi | SettingsPageNetworkWiFi | SettingsPageNetworkWiFi |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_QuickAction\_InternetSharing | SettingsPageNetworkInternetSharing | SettingsPageNetworkInternetSharing |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_QuickAction\_CellularData | SettingsGroupCellular | SettingsPageNetworkCellular |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_QuickAction\_AirplaneMode | SettingsPageNetworkAirplaneMode | SettingsPageNetworkAirplaneMode |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_Privacy\_LocationEnabledUserPhone | SettingsGroupPrivacyLocationGlobals | SettingsPagePrivacyLocation |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_Network\_VPN\_QuickAction | SettingsPageNetworkVPN | SettingsPageNetworkVPN |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_Launcher\_QuickNote | N/A | N/A |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_Flashlight\_Toggle | N/A | N/A |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_Device\_BluetoothQuickAction | SettingsPagePCSystemBluetooth | SettingsPagePCSystemBluetooth |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_BatterySaver\_LandingPage\_OverrideControl | BatterySaver\_LandingPage\_SettingsConfiguration | SettingsPageBatterySaver |
|
|
||||||
| QuickActions\_Launcher\_DeviceDiscovery | N/A | N/A |
|
|
||||||
| QuickActions\_Launcher\_AllSettings | N/A | N/A |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_QuickAction\_QuietHours | N/A | N/A |
|
|
||||||
| SystemSettings\_QuickAction\_Camera | N/A | N/A |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 Mobile using Lockdown XML](lockdown-xml.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Product IDs in Windows 10 Mobile](product-ids-in-windows-10-mobile.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,492 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: This topic describes the options for customizing Start layout in LayoutModification.xml for Windows 10 desktop editions.
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["start screen"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On Windows 10 for desktop editions, the customized Start works by:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 checks the chosen base default layout, such as the desktop edition and whether Cortana is supported for the country/region.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 reads the LayoutModification.xml file and allows groups to be appended to Start. The groups have the following constraints:
|
|
||||||
- 2 groups that are 6 columns wide, or equivalent to the width of 3 medium tiles.
|
|
||||||
- 2 medium-sized tile rows in height. Windows 10 ignores any tiles that are pinned beyond the second row.
|
|
||||||
- No limit to the number of apps that can be pinned. There is a theoretical limit of 24 tiles per group (4 small tiles per medium square x 3 columns x 2 rows).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## LayoutModification XML
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IT admins can provision the Start layout using a LayoutModification.xml file. This file supports several mechanisms to modify or replace the default Start layout and its tiles. The easiest method for creating a LayoutModification.xml file is by using the Export-StartLayout cmdlet; see [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) for instructions.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>To make sure the Start layout XML parser processes your file correctly, follow these guidelines when working with your LayoutModification.xml file:
|
|
||||||
>- Do not leave spaces or white lines in between each element.
|
|
||||||
>- Do not add comments inside the StartLayout node or any of its children elements.
|
|
||||||
>- Do not add multiple rows of comments.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table lists the supported elements and attributes for the LayoutModification.xml file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Element | Attributes | Description |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| LayoutModificationTemplate | xmlns</br>xmlns:defaultlayout</br>xmlns:start</br>Version | Use to describe the changes to the default Start layout |
|
|
||||||
| [LayoutOptions](#layoutoptions)</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | StartTileGroupsColumnCount</br>FullScreenStart | Use to specify:</br>- Whether to use full screen Start on the desktop</br>- The number of tile columns in the Start menu |
|
|
||||||
| RequiredStartGroupsCollection</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to contain collection of RequiredStartGroups |
|
|
||||||
| [RequiredStartGroups](#requiredstartgroups)</br></br>Parent:</br>RequiredStartGroupsCollection | Region | Use to contain the AppendGroup tags, which represent groups that can be appended to the default Start layout |
|
|
||||||
| [AppendGroup](#appendgroup)</br></br>Parent:</br>RequiredStartGroups | Name | Use to specify the tiles that need to be appended to the default Start layout |
|
|
||||||
| [start:Tile](#specify-start-tiles)</br></br>Parent:</br>AppendGroup | AppUserModelID</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to specify any of the following:</br>- A Universal Windows app</br>- A Windows 8 or Windows 8.1 app |
|
|
||||||
| start:DesktopApplicationTile</br></br>Parent:</br>AppendGroup | DesktopApplicationID</br>DesktopApplicationLinkPath</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to specify any of the following:</br>- A Windows desktop application with a known AppUserModelID</br>- An application in a known folder with a link in a legacy Start Menu folder</br>- A Windows desktop application link in a legacy Start Menu folder</br>- A Web link tile with an associated .url file that is in a legacy Start Menu folder |
|
|
||||||
| start:SecondaryTile</br></br>Parent:</br>AppendGroup | AppUserModelID</br>TileID</br>Arguments</br>DisplayName</br>Square150x150LogoUri</br>ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo</br>ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo</br>Wide310x150LogoUri</br>BackgroundColor</br>ForegroundText</br>IsSuggestedApp</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile |
|
|
||||||
| TopMFUApps</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add up to 3 default apps to the frequently used apps section in the system area |
|
|
||||||
| Tile</br></br>Parent:</br>TopMFUApps | AppUserModelID | Use with the TopMFUApps tags to specify an app with a known AppUserModelID |
|
|
||||||
| DesktopApplicationTile</br></br>Parent:</br>TopMFUApps | LinkFilePath | Use with the TopMFUApps tags to specify an app without a known AppUserModelID |
|
|
||||||
| AppendOfficeSuite</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add the in-box installed Office suite to Start</br></br>Do not use this tag with AppendDownloadOfficeTile |
|
|
||||||
| AppendDownloadOfficeTile</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add a specific **Download Office** tile to a specific location in Start</br></br>Do not use this tag with AppendOfficeSuite |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### LayoutOptions
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
New devices running Windows 10 for desktop editions will default to a Start menu with 2 columns of tiles unless boot to tablet mode is enabled. Devices with screens that are under 10" have boot to tablet mode enabled by default. For these devices, users see the full screen Start on the desktop. You can adjust the following features:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Boot to tablet mode can be set on or off.
|
|
||||||
- Set full screen Start on desktop to on or off.
|
|
||||||
To do this, add the LayoutOptions element in your LayoutModification.xml file and set the FullScreenStart attribute to true or false.
|
|
||||||
- Specify the number of columns in the Start menu to 1 or 2.
|
|
||||||
To do this, add the LayoutOptions element in your LayoutModification.xml file and set the StartTileGroupsColumnCount attribute to 1 or 2.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to use the LayoutOptions element to specify full screen Start on the desktop and to use 1 column in the Start menu:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<LayoutOptions
|
|
||||||
StartTileGroupsColumnCount="1"
|
|
||||||
FullScreenStart="true"
|
|
||||||
/>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For devices being upgraded to Windows 10 for desktop editions:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Devices being upgraded from Windows 7 will default to a Start menu with 1 column.
|
|
||||||
- Devices being upgraded from Windows 8.1 or Windows 8.1 Upgrade will default to a Start menu with 2 columns.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### RequiredStartGroups
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The **RequiredStartGroups** tag contains **AppendGroup** tags that represent groups that you can append to the default Start layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!IMPORTANT]
|
|
||||||
>For Windows 10 for desktop editions, you can add a maximum of two (2) **AppendGroup** tags per **RequiredStartGroups** tag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also assign regions to the append groups in the **RequiredStartGroups** tag's using the optional **Region** attribute or you can use the multivariant capabilities in Windows provisioning. If you are using the **Region** attribute, you must use a two-letter country code to specify the country/region that the append group(s) apply to. To specify more than one country/region, use a pipe ("|") delimiter as shown in the following example:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<RequiredStartGroups
|
|
||||||
Region="DE|ES|FR|GB|IT|US">
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the country/region setting for the Windows device matches a **RequiredStartGroups**, then the tiles laid out within the **RequiredStartGroups** is applied to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you specify a region-agnostic **RequiredStartGroups** (or one without the optional Region attribute) then the region-agnostic **RequiredStartGroups** is applied to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### AppendGroup
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**AppendGroup** tags specify a group of tiles that will be appended to Start. There is a maximum of two **AppendGroup** tags allowed per **RequiredStartGroups** tag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For Windows 10 for desktop editions, AppendGroup tags contain start:Tile, start:DesktopApplicationTile, or start:SecondaryTile tags.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can specify any number of tiles in an **AppendGroup**, but you cannot specify a tile with a **Row** attribute greater than 4. The Start layout does not support overlapping tiles.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Specify Start tiles
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To pin tiles to Start, partners must use the right kind of tile depending on what you want to pin.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### Tile size and coordinates
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All tile types require a size (**Size**) and coordinates (**Row** and **Column**) attributes regardless of the tile type that you use when prepinning items to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table describes the attributes that you must use to specify the size and location for the tile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Attribute | Description |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| Size | Determines how large the tile will be.</br></br>- 1x1 - small tile</br>- 2x2 - medium tile</br>- 4x2 - wide tile</br>- 4x4 - large tile |
|
|
||||||
| Row | Specifies the row where the tile will appear. |
|
|
||||||
| Column | Specifies the column where the tile will appear. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, a tile with Size="2x2", Row="2", and Column="2" results in a tile located at (2,2) where (0,0) is the top-left corner of a group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:Tile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:Tile** tag to pin any of the following apps to Start:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- A Universal Windows app
|
|
||||||
- A Windows 8 app or Windows 8.1 app
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To specify any one of these apps, you must set the **AppUserModelID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to pin the Microsoft Edge Universal Windows app:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag to pin a Windows desktop application to Start. There are two ways you can specify a Windows desktop application:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- By using a path to a shortcut link (.lnk file) to a Windows desktop application.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To pin a Windows desktop application through this method, you must first add the .lnk file in the specified location when the device first boots.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to pin the Command Prompt:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%appdata%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\Command Prompt.lnk"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="4"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You must set the **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** attribute to the .lnk file that points to the Windows desktop application. The path also supports environment variables.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you are pointing to a third-party Windows desktop application, you must put the .lnk file in a legacy Start Menu directory before first boot; for example, "%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\" or the all users profile "%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\".
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- By using the application's application user model ID, if this is known. If the Windows desktop application doesn't have one, use the shortcut link option.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To pin a Windows desktop application through this method, you must set the **DesktopApplicationID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to pin the Internet Explorer Windows desktop application:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
DesktopApplicationID="Microsoft.Windows.Explorer"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag as one of the methods for pinning a Web link to Start. The other method is to use a Microsoft Edge secondary tile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To pin a legacy .url shortcut to Start, you must create .url file (right-click on the desktop, select **New** > **Shortcut**, and then type a Web URL). You must add this .url file in a legacy Start Menu directory before first boot; for example, `%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\` or the all users profile `%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to create a tile of the Web site's URL, which you can treat similarly to a Windows desktop application tile:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
DesktopApplicationID="http://www.contoso.com/"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:SecondaryTile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:SecondaryTile** tag to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile. This method doesn't require any additional action compared to the method of using legacy .url shortcuts (through the start:DesktopApplicationTile tag).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to create a tile of the Web site's URL using the Microsoft Edge secondary tile:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:SecondaryTile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge"
|
|
||||||
TileID="MyWeblinkTile"
|
|
||||||
Arguments="http://msn.com"
|
|
||||||
DisplayName="MySite"
|
|
||||||
Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeSquare150x150.png"
|
|
||||||
Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeWide310x150.png"
|
|
||||||
ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo="true"
|
|
||||||
ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo="false"
|
|
||||||
BackgroundColor="#FF112233"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="4"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table describes the other attributes that you can use with the **start:SecondaryTile** tag in addition to *8Size**, **Row**, and *8Column**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Attribute | Required/optional | Description |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| AppUserModelID | Required | Must point to Microsoft Edge. |
|
|
||||||
| TileID | Required | Must uniquely identify your Web site tile. |
|
|
||||||
| Arguments | Required | Must contain the URL of your Web site. |
|
|
||||||
| DisplayName | Required | Must specify the text that you want users to see. |
|
|
||||||
| Square150x150LogoUri | Required | Specifies the logo to use on the 2x2 tile. |
|
|
||||||
| Wide310x150LogoUri | Optional | Specifies the logo to use on the 4x2 tile. |
|
|
||||||
| ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo | Optional | Specifies whether the display name is shown on the 2x2 tile. The values you can use for this attribute are true or false. |
|
|
||||||
| ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo | Optional | Specifies whether the display name is shown on the 4x2 tile. The values you can use for this attribute are true or false. |
|
|
||||||
| BackgroundColor | Optional | Specifies the color of the tile. You can specify the value in ARGB hexadecimal (for example, #FF112233) or specify "transparent". |
|
|
||||||
| ForegroundText | Optional | Specifies the color of the foreground text. Set the value to either "light" or "dark". |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Secondary Microsoft Edge tiles have the same size and location behavior as a Universal Windows app, Windows 8 app, or Windows 8.1 app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### TopMFUApps
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **TopMFUApps** tag to add up to 3 default apps to the frequently used apps section in the system area, which delivers system-driven lists to the user including important or frequently accessed system locations and recently installed apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use this tag to add:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Apps with an **AppUserModelID** attribute - This includes Windows desktop applications that have a known application user model ID. Use a **Tile** tag with the **AppUserModelID** attribute set to the app's application user model ID.
|
|
||||||
- Apps without a **AppUserModelID** attribute - For these apps, you must create a .lnk file that points to the installed app and place the .lnk file in the `%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs` directory. Use a **DesktopApplicationTile** tag with the **LinkFilePath** attribute set to the .lnk file name and path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to modify your LayoutModification.xml file to add both kinds of apps to the system area in Start:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<TopMFUApps>
|
|
||||||
<Tile AppUserModelID="Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
<Tile AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Getstarted_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
<DesktopApplicationTile LinkFilePath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Win32App.lnk" />
|
|
||||||
</TopMFUApps>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### AppendOfficeSuite
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **AppendOfficeSuite** tag to add the in-box installed Office suite of apps to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to add the **AppendOfficeSuite** tag to your LayoutModification.xml file to append the full Universal Office suite to Start:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<AppendOfficeSuite/>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### AppendDownloadOfficeTile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **AppendDownloadOfficeTile** tag to append the Office trial installer to Start. This tag adds the Download Office tile to Start and the download tile will appear at the bottom right-hand side of the second group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to add the **AppendDownloadOfficeTile** tag to your LayoutModification.xml file:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<AppendDownloadOfficeTile/>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Sample LayoutModification.xml
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following sample LayoutModification.xml shows how you can configure the Start layout for devices running Windows 10 for desktop editions:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<RequiredStartGroupsCollection>
|
|
||||||
<RequiredStartGroups
|
|
||||||
Region="DE|ES|FR|GB|IT|US">
|
|
||||||
<AppendGroup
|
|
||||||
Name="Fabrikam Group 1">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
DesktopApplicationID="Microsoft.Windows.Explorer"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Excel_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.excel"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="4"/>
|
|
||||||
</AppendGroup>
|
|
||||||
<AppendGroup
|
|
||||||
Name="Fabrikam Group 2">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Reader_8wekyb3d8bbwe!Microsoft.Reader"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
DesktopApplicationID="http://www.bing.com/"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:DesktopApplicationTile
|
|
||||||
DesktopApplicationLinkPath="%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Accessories\Paint.lnk"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="4"/>
|
|
||||||
</AppendGroup>
|
|
||||||
</RequiredStartGroups>
|
|
||||||
<RequiredStartGroups>
|
|
||||||
<AppendGroup
|
|
||||||
Name="Fabrikam Group 1">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.Office.Word_8wekyb3d8bbwe!microsoft.word"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:SecondaryTile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge"
|
|
||||||
TileID="FabrikamWeblinkTile"
|
|
||||||
Arguments="http://www.fabrikam.com"
|
|
||||||
DisplayName="Fabrikam"
|
|
||||||
Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeSquare150x150.png"
|
|
||||||
ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo="true"
|
|
||||||
BackgroundColor="#FF112233"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
</AppendGroup>
|
|
||||||
</RequiredStartGroups>
|
|
||||||
</RequiredStartGroupsCollection>
|
|
||||||
<TopMFUApps>
|
|
||||||
<Tile AppUserModelID="Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" />
|
|
||||||
</TopMFUApps>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Use Windows Provisioning multivariant support
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Windows Provisioning multivariant capability allows you to declare target conditions that, when met, supply specific customizations for each variant condition. For Start customization, you can create specific layouts for each variant that you have. To do this, you must create a separate LayoutModification.xml file for each variant that you want to support and then include these in your provisioning package. For more information on how to do this, see [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/dn916108.aspx).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The provisioning engine chooses the right customization file based on the target conditions that were met, adds the file in the location that's specified for the setting, and then uses the specific file to customize Start. To differentiate between layouts, you can add modifiers to the LayoutModification.xml filename such as "LayoutCustomization1". Regardless of the modifier that you use, the provsioning engine will always output "LayoutCustomization.xml" so that the operating system has a consistent file name to query against.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, if you want to ensure that there's a specific layout for a certain condition, you can:
|
|
||||||
1. Create a specific layout customization file and then name it LayoutCustomization1.xml.
|
|
||||||
2. Include the file as part of your provisioning package.
|
|
||||||
3. Create your multivariant target and reference the XML file within the target condition in the main customization XML file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows what the overall customization file might look like with multivariant support for Start:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
|
||||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
|
||||||
<ID>{6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}</ID>
|
|
||||||
<Name>My Provisioning Package</Name>
|
|
||||||
<Version>1.0</Version>
|
|
||||||
<OwnerType>OEM</OwnerType>
|
|
||||||
<Rank>50</Rank>
|
|
||||||
</PackageConfig>
|
|
||||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
|
||||||
<Customizations>
|
|
||||||
<Targets>
|
|
||||||
<Target Id="Processor ABC">
|
|
||||||
<TargetState>
|
|
||||||
<TargetState>
|
|
||||||
<Condition Name="ProcessorName" Value="Pattern:.*Celeron.*" />
|
|
||||||
<Condition Name="ProcessorType" Value="Pattern:.*I|intel.*" />
|
|
||||||
</TargetState>
|
|
||||||
</TargetState>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
</Targets>
|
|
||||||
<Common>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Policies>
|
|
||||||
<AllowBrowser>1</AllowBrowser>
|
|
||||||
<AllowCamera>1</AllowCamera>
|
|
||||||
<AllowBluetooth>1</AllowBluetooth>
|
|
||||||
</Policies>
|
|
||||||
<HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
<Enabled>1</Enabled>
|
|
||||||
</HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</Common>
|
|
||||||
<Variant>
|
|
||||||
<TargetRefs>
|
|
||||||
<TargetRef Id="Processor ABC" />
|
|
||||||
</TargetRefs>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<StartLayout>c:\users\<userprofile>\appdata\local\Microsoft\Windows\Shell\LayoutCustomization1.XML</StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
<HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
<Enabled>1</Enabled>
|
|
||||||
</HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</Variant>
|
|
||||||
</Customizations>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When the condition is met, the provisioning engine takes the XML file and places it in the location that the operating system has set and then the Start subsystem reads the file and applies the specific customized layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You must repeat this process for all variants that you want to support so that each variant can have a distinct layout for each of the conditions and targets that need to be supported. For example, if you add a **Language** condition, you can create a Start layout that has its own localized group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Add the LayoutModification.xml file to the device
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Once you have created your LayoutModification.xml file to customize devices that will run Windows 10 for desktop editions, you can use Windows ICD methods to add the XML file to the device.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. In the **Available customizations** pane, expand **Runtime settings**, select **Start** and then click the **StartLayout** setting.
|
|
||||||
2. In the middle pane, click **Browse** to open File Explorer.
|
|
||||||
3. In the File Explorer window, navigate to the location where you saved your LayoutModification.xml file.
|
|
||||||
4. Select the file and then click **Open**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This should set the value of **StartLayout**. The setting appears in the **Selected customizations** pane.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>There is currently no way to add the .url and .lnk files through Windows ICD.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Once you have created the LayoutModification.xml file and it is present in the device, the system overrides the base default layout and any Unattend settings used to customize Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Start layout XML for mobile editions of Windows 10 (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: This topic describes the options for customizing Start layout in LayoutModification.xml for Windows 10 mobile editions.
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["start screen"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Start layout XML for mobile editions of Windows 10 (reference)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On Windows 10 Mobile, you can use the XML-based layout to modify the Start screen and provide the most robust and complete Start customization experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On Windows 10 Mobile, the customized Start works by:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 performs checks to determine the correct base default layout. The checks include the mobile edition, whether the device is dual SIM, the column width, and whether Cortana is supported for the country/region.
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 ensures that it does not overwrite the layout that you have set and will sequence the level checks and read the file layout such that any multivariant settings that you have set is not overwritten.
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 reads the LayoutModification.xml file and appends the group to the Start screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Default Start layouts
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following diagrams show the default Windows 10, version 1607 Start layouts for single SIM and dual SIM devices with Cortana support, and single SIM and dual SIM devices with no Cortana support.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The diagrams show:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Tile coordinates - These are determined by the row number and the column number.
|
|
||||||
- Fold - Tiles "above the fold" are visible when users first navigate to the Start screen. Tiles "below the fold" are visible after users scroll up.
|
|
||||||
- Partner-customizable tiles - OEM and mobile operator partners can customize these areas of the Start screen by prepinning content. The partner configurable slots are:
|
|
||||||
- Rows 6-9
|
|
||||||
- Rows 16-19
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## LayoutModification XML
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IT admins can provision the Start layout by creating a LayoutModification.xml file. This file supports several mechanisms to modify or replace the default Start layout and its tiles.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>To make sure the Start layout XML parser processes your file correctly, follow these guidelines when writing your LayoutModification.xml file:
|
|
||||||
>- Do not leave spaces or white lines in between each element.
|
|
||||||
>- Do not add comments inside the StartLayout node or any of its children elements.
|
|
||||||
>- Do not add multiple rows of comments.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table lists the supported elements and attributes for the LayoutModification.xml file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Element | Attributes | Description |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| LayoutModificationTemplate | xmlns</br>xmlns:defaultlayout</br>xmlns:start</br>Version | Use to describe the changes to the default Start layout. |
|
|
||||||
| DefaultLayoutOverride</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to specify the customized Start layout for mobile devices. |
|
|
||||||
| StartLayoutCollection</br></br>Parent:</br>DefaultLayoutOverride | n/a | Use to contain a collection of Start layouts. |
|
|
||||||
| StartLayout</br></br>Parent:</br>StartLayoutCollection | n/a | Use to specify the tile groups that will be appended to the Start screen. |
|
|
||||||
| start:Group</br></br>Parent:</br>StartLayout | Name | Use to specify the tiles that need to be appended to the default Start layout. |
|
|
||||||
| start:Tile</br></br>Parent:</br>start:Group | AppUserModelID</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to specify any Universal Windows app that has a valid **AppUserModelID** attribute. |
|
|
||||||
| start:SecondaryTile</br></br>Parent:</br>start:Group | AppUserModelID</br>TileID</br>Arguments</br>DisplayName</br>Square150x150LogoUri</br>ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo</br>ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo</br>Wide310x150LogoUri</br>BackgroundColor</br>ForegroundText</br>IsSuggestedApp</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile. |
|
|
||||||
| start:PhoneLegacyTile</br></br>Parent:</br>start:Group | ProductID</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to add a mobile app that has a valid **ProductID** attribute. |
|
|
||||||
| start:Folder</br></br>Parent:</br>start:Group | Name</br>Size</br>Row</br>Column | Use to add a folder to the mobile device's Start screen. |
|
|
||||||
| RequiredStartTiles</br></br>Parent:</br>LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to specify the tiles that will be pinned to the bottom of the Start screen even if a restored Start screen does not have the tiles during backup or restore. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### start:Group
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**start:Group** tags specify a group of tiles that will be appended to Start. You can set the **Name** attribute to specify a name for the Start group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>Windows 10 Mobile only supports one Start group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For Windows 10 Mobile, **start:Group** tags can contain the following tags or elements:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **start:Tile**
|
|
||||||
- **start:SecondaryTile**
|
|
||||||
- **start:PhoneLegacyTile**
|
|
||||||
- **start:Folder**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Specify Start tiles
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To pin tiles to Start, you must use the right kind of tile depending on what you want to pin.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### Tile size and coordinates
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All tile types require a size (**Size**) and coordinates (**Row** and **Column**) attributes regardless of the tile type that you use when prepinning items to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table describes the attributes that you must use to specify the size and location for the tile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Attribute | Description |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| Size | Determines how large the tile will be. </br>- 1x1 - small tile</br>- 2x2 - medium tile</br>- 4x2 - wide tile</br>- 4x4 - large tile |
|
|
||||||
| Row | Specifies the row where the tile will appear. |
|
|
||||||
| Column | Specifies the column where the tile will appear. |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, a tile with Size="2x2", Row="2", and Column="2" results in a tile located at (2,2) where (0,0) is the top-left corner of a group.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:Tile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:Tile** tag to pin a Universal Windows app to Start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To specify an app, you must set the **AppUserModelID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to pin the Microsoft Edge Universal Windows app:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:SecondaryTile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:SecondaryTile** tag to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to create a tile of the Web site's URL using the Microsoft Edge secondary tile:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:SecondaryTile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe!MicrosoftEdge"
|
|
||||||
TileID="MyWeblinkTile"
|
|
||||||
Arguments="http://msn.com"
|
|
||||||
DisplayName="MySite"
|
|
||||||
Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeSquare150x150.png"
|
|
||||||
Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeWide310x150.png"
|
|
||||||
ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo="true"
|
|
||||||
ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo="false"
|
|
||||||
BackgroundColor="#FF112233"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="4"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table describes the other attributes that you can use with the **start:SecondaryTile** tag in addition to **Size**, **Row**, and **Column**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Attribute | Required/optional | Description |
|
|
||||||
| --- | --- | --- |
|
|
||||||
| AppUserModelID | Required | Must point to Microsoft Edge. |
|
|
||||||
| TileID | Required | Must uniquely identify your Web site tile. |
|
|
||||||
| Arguments | Required | Must contain the URL of your Web site. |
|
|
||||||
| DisplayName | Required | Must specify the text that you want users to see. |
|
|
||||||
| Square150x150LogoUri | Required | Specifies the logo to use on the 2x2 tile. |
|
|
||||||
| Wide310x150LogoUri | Optional | Specifies the logo to use on the 4x2 tile. |
|
|
||||||
| ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo | Optional | Specifies whether the display name is shown on the 2x2 tile. You can set the value for this attribute to true or false. By default, this is set to false. |
|
|
||||||
| ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo | Optional | Specifies whether the display name is shown on the 4x2 tile. You can set the value for this attribute to true or false. By default, this is set to false. |
|
|
||||||
| BackgroundColor | Optional | Specifies the color of the tile. You can specify the value in ARGB hexadecimal (for example, #FF112233) or specify "transparent". |
|
|
||||||
| ForegroundText | Optional | Specifies the color of the foreground text. Set the value to either "light" or "dark". |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Secondary Microsoft Edge tiles have the same size and location behavior as a Universal Windows app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:PhoneLegacyTile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:PhoneLegacyTile** tag to add a mobile app that has a valid ProductID, which you can find in the app's manifest file. The **ProductID** attribute must be set to the GUID of the app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to add a mobile app with a valid ProductID using the start:PhoneLegacyTile tag:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:PhoneLegacyTile
|
|
||||||
ProductID="{00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### start:Folder
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **start:Folder** tag to add a folder to the mobile device's Start screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You must set these attributes to specify the size and location of the folder: **Size**, **Row**, and **Column**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Optionally, you can also specify a folder name by using the **Name** attribute. If you specify a name, set the value to a string.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The position of the tiles inside a folder is relative to the folder. You can add any of the following tile types to the folder:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Tile - Use to pin a Universal Windows app to Start.
|
|
||||||
- SecondaryTile - Use to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile.
|
|
||||||
- PhoneLegacyTile - Use to pin a mobile app that has a valid ProductID.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how to add a medium folder that contains two apps inside it:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<start:Folder
|
|
||||||
Name="Contoso apps"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.BingMaps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!ApplicationID"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:PhoneLegacyTile
|
|
||||||
ProductID="{00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}"
|
|
||||||
Size="1x1"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
</start:Folder>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#### RequiredStartTiles
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use the **RequiredStartTiles** tag to specify the tiles that will be pinned to the bottom of the Start screen even if a restored Start screen does not have the tiles during backup or restore.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>Enabling this Start customization may be disruptive to the user experience.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For Windows 10 Mobile, **RequiredStartTiles** tags can contain the following tags or elements. These are similar to the tiles supported in **start:Group**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Tile - Use to pin a Universal Windows app to Start.
|
|
||||||
- SecondaryTile - Use to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile.
|
|
||||||
- PhoneLegacyTile - Use to pin a mobile app that has a valid ProductID.
|
|
||||||
- Folder - Use to pin a folder to the mobile device's Start screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Tiles specified within the **RequiredStartTiles** tag have the following behavior:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- The partner-pinned tiles will begin in a new row at the end of the user-restored Start screen.
|
|
||||||
- If there’s a duplicate tile between what the user has in their Start screen layout and what the OEM has pinned to the Start screen, only the app or tile shown in the user-restored Start screen layout will be shown and the duplicate tile will be omitted from the pinned partner tiles at the bottom of the Start screen.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The lack of duplication only applies to pinned apps. Pinned Web links may be duplicated.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- If partners have prepinned folders to the Start screen, Windows 10 treats these folders in the same way as appended apps on the Start screen. Duplicate folders will be removed.
|
|
||||||
- All partner tiles that are appended to the bottom of the user-restored Start screen will be medium-sized. There will be no gaps in the appended partner Start screen layout. Windows 10 will shift tiles accordingly to prevent gaps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Sample LayoutModification.xml
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following sample LayoutModification.xml shows how you can configure the Start layout for devices running Windows 10 Mobile:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<LayoutModificationTemplate
|
|
||||||
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/LayoutModification"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:defaultlayout="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/FullDefaultLayout"
|
|
||||||
xmlns:start="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/StartLayout"
|
|
||||||
Version="1">
|
|
||||||
<DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
<StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
<defaultlayout:StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
<start:Group
|
|
||||||
Name="First Group">
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.BingFinance_8wekyb3d8bbwe!ApplicationID"
|
|
||||||
Size="2x2"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="0"/>
|
|
||||||
<start:Tile
|
|
||||||
AppUserModelID="Microsoft.BingMaps_8wekyb3d8bbwe!ApplicationID"
|
|
||||||
Size="1x1"
|
|
||||||
Row="0"
|
|
||||||
Column="2"/>
|
|
||||||
</start:Group>
|
|
||||||
</defaultlayout:StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
</StartLayoutCollection>
|
|
||||||
</DefaultLayoutOverride>
|
|
||||||
<RequiredStartTiles>
|
|
||||||
<PhoneLegacyTile ProductID="{b00d3141-1caa-43aa-b0b5-78c1acf778fd}"/>
|
|
||||||
<PhoneLegacyTile ProductID="{C3F8E570-68B3-4D6A-BDBB-C0A3F4360A51}"/>
|
|
||||||
<PhoneLegacyTile ProductID="{C60904B7-8DF4-4C2E-A417-C8E1AB2E51C7}"/>
|
|
||||||
<Tile AppUserModelID="Microsoft.MicrosoftFeedback_8wekyb3d8bbwe!ApplicationID"/>
|
|
||||||
</RequiredStartTiles>
|
|
||||||
</LayoutModificationTemplate>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Use Windows Provisioning multivariant support
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Windows Provisioning multivariant capability allows you to declare target conditions that, when met, supply specific customizations for each variant condition. For Start customization, you can create specific layouts for each variant that you have. To do this, you must create a separate LayoutModification.xml file for each variant that you want to support and then include these in your provisioning package. For more information on how to do this, see Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The provisioning engine chooses the right customization file based on the target conditions that were met, adds the file in the location that's specified for the setting, and then uses the specific file to customize Start. To differentiate between layouts, you can add modifiers to the LayoutModification.xml filename such as "LayoutCustomization1". Regardless of the modifier that you use, the provsioning engine will always output "LayoutCustomization.xml" so that the OS has a consistent file name to query against.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For example, if you want to ensure that there's a specific layout for a certain mobile operator in a certain country/region, you can:
|
|
||||||
1. Create a specific layout customization file and then name it LayoutCustomization1.xml.
|
|
||||||
2. Include the file as part of your provisioning package.
|
|
||||||
3. Create your multivariant target and reference the XML file within the target condition in the main customization XML file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows what the overall customization file might look like with multivariant support for Start:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```XML
|
|
||||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
|
||||||
<WindowsCustomizatons>
|
|
||||||
<PackageConfig xmlns="urn:schemas-Microsoft-com:Windows-ICD-Package-Config.v1.0">
|
|
||||||
<ID>{6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}</ID>
|
|
||||||
<Name>My Provisioning Package</Name>
|
|
||||||
<Version>1.0</Version>
|
|
||||||
<OwnerType>OEM</OwnerType>
|
|
||||||
<Rank>50</Rank>
|
|
||||||
</PackageConfig>
|
|
||||||
<Settings xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:windows-provisioning">
|
|
||||||
<Customizations>
|
|
||||||
<Targets>
|
|
||||||
<Target Id="Operator XYZ">
|
|
||||||
<TargetState>
|
|
||||||
<Condition Name="MCC" Value="Range:310, 320" />
|
|
||||||
<Condition Name="MNC" Value="!Range:400, 550" />
|
|
||||||
</TargetState>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
<Target Id="Processor ABC">
|
|
||||||
<TargetState>
|
|
||||||
<TargetState>
|
|
||||||
<Condition Name="ProcessorName" Value="Pattern:.*Celeron.*" />
|
|
||||||
<Condition Name="ProcessorType" Value="Pattern:.*I|intel.*" />
|
|
||||||
</TargetState>
|
|
||||||
</TargetState>
|
|
||||||
</Target>
|
|
||||||
</Targets>
|
|
||||||
<Common>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<Policies>
|
|
||||||
<AllowBrowser>1</AllowBrowser>
|
|
||||||
<AllowCamera>1</AllowCamera>
|
|
||||||
<AllowBluetooth>1</AllowBluetooth>
|
|
||||||
</Policies>
|
|
||||||
<HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
<Enabled>1</Enabled>
|
|
||||||
</HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</Common>
|
|
||||||
<Variant>
|
|
||||||
<TargetRefs>
|
|
||||||
<TargetRef Id="Operator XYZ" />
|
|
||||||
</TargetRefs>
|
|
||||||
<Settings>
|
|
||||||
<StartLayout>c:\users\<userprofile>\appdata\local\Microsoft\Windows\Shell\LayoutCustomization1.XML</StartLayout>
|
|
||||||
<HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
<Enabled>1</Enabled>
|
|
||||||
</HotSpot>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</Variant>
|
|
||||||
</Customizations>
|
|
||||||
</Settings>
|
|
||||||
</WindowsCustomizatons>
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When the condition is met, the provisioning engine takes the XML file and places it in the location that Windows 10 has set and then the Start subsystem reads the file and applies the specific customized layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You must repeat this process for all variants that you want to support so that each variant can have a distinct layout for each of the conditions and targets that need to be supported. For example, if you add a **Language** condition, you can create a Start layout that has it's own localized group or folder titles.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Add the LayoutModification.xml file to the image
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Once you have created your LayoutModification.xml file to customize devices that will run Windows 10 Mobile, you can use Windows ICD to add the XML file to the device:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. In the **Available customizations** pane, expand **Runtime settings**, select **Start** and then click the **StartLayout** setting.
|
|
||||||
2. In the middle pane, click **Browse** to open File Explorer.
|
|
||||||
3. In the File Explorer window, navigate to the location where you saved your LayoutModification.xml file.
|
|
||||||
4. Select the file and then click **Open**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This should set the value of **StartLayout**. The setting appears in the **Selected customizations** pane.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Configure access to Windows Store (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: IT Pros can configure access to Windows Store for client computers in their organization. For some organizations, business policies require blocking access to Windows Store.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 7AA60D3D-2A69-45E7-AAB0-B8AFC29C2E97
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
ms.pagetype: store, mobile
|
|
||||||
author: TrudyHa
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Configure access to Windows Store
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>For more info about the features and functionality that are supported in each edition of Windows, see [Compare Windows 10 Editions](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/WindowsForBusiness/Compare).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IT pros can configure access to Windows Store for client computers in their organization. For some organizations, business policies require blocking access to Windows Store.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Options to configure access to Windows Store
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can use these tools to configure access to Windows Store: AppLocker or Group Policy. For Windows 10, this is only supported on Windows 10 Enterprise edition.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="block-store-applocker"></a>Block Windows Store using AppLocker
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Applies to: Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
AppLocker provides policy-based access control management for applications. You can block access to Windows Store app with AppLocker by creating a rule for packaged apps. You'll give the name of the Windows Store app as the packaged app that you want to block from client computers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information on AppLocker, see [What is AppLocker?](../keep-secure/what-is-applocker.md) For more information on creating an AppLocker rule for app packages, see [Create a rule for packaged apps](../keep-secure/create-a-rule-for-packaged-apps.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To block Windows Store using AppLocker**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Type secpol in the search bar to find and start AppLocker.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In the console tree of the snap-in, click **Application Control Policies**, click **AppLocker**, and then click **Packaged app Rules**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. On the **Action** menu, or by right-clicking on **Packaged app Rules**, click **Create New Rule**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. On **Before You Begin**, click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. On **Permissions**, select the action (allow or deny) and the user or group that the rule should apply to, and then click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
6. On **Publisher**, you can select **Use an installed app package as a reference**, and then click **Select**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
7. On **Select applications**, find and click **Store** under **Applications** column, and then click **OK**. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Create a rule for packaged apps](../keep-secure/create-a-rule-for-packaged-apps.md) has more information on reference options and setting the scope on packaged app rules.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8. Optional: On **Exceptions**, specify conditions by which to exclude files from being affected by the rule. This allows you to add exceptions based on the same rule reference and rule scope as you set before. Click **Next**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="block-store-group-policy"></a>Block Windows Store using Group Policy
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Applies to: Windows 10 Enterprise, version 1511, Windows 10 Education
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> [!Note]
|
|
||||||
> Not supported on Windows 10 Pro.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
You can also use Group Policy to manage access to Windows Store.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To block Windows Store using Group Policy**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Type gpedit in the search bar to find and start Group Policy Editor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In the console tree of the snap-in, click **Computer Configuration**, click **Administrative Templates** , click **Windows Components**, and then click **Store**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. In the Setting pane, click **Turn off Store application**, and then click **Edit policy setting**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. On the **Turn off Store application** setting page, click **Enabled**, and then click **OK**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## <a href="" id="block-store-mdm"></a>Block Windows Store using management tool
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Applies to: Windows 10 Mobile
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you have mobile devices in your organization that you upgraded from earlier versions of Windows Phone 8 to Windows 10 Mobile, existing policies created using the Windows Phone 8.1 configuration service providers (CSP) with your MDM tool will continue to work on Windows 10 Mobile. If you are starting with Windows 10 Mobile, we recommend using [AppLocker](#block-store-applocker) to manage access to Windows Store app.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When your MDM tool supports Windows Store for Business, the MDM can use these CSPs to block Windows Store app:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [Policy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=717030)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- [EnterpriseAssignedAccess](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt157024.aspx) (Windows 10 Mobile, only)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For more information, see [Configure an MDM provider](configure-mdm-provider-windows-store-for-business.md).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Show private store only using Group Policy
|
|
||||||
Applies to Windows 10 Enterprise, version 1607, Windows 10 Education
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If you're using Windows Store for Business and you want employees to only see apps you're managing in your private store, you can use Group Policy to show only the private store. Windows Store app will still be available, but employees can't view or purchase apps. Employees can view and install apps that the admin has added to your organization's private store.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**To show private store only in Windows Store app**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Type **gpedit** in the search bar, and then select **Edit group policy (Control panel)** to find and start Group Policy Editor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. In the console tree of the snap-in, go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components**, and then click **Store**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. Right-click **Only display the private store within the Windows Store app** in the right pane, and click **Edit**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This opens the **Only display the private store within the Windows Store app** policy settings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. On the **Only display the private store within the Windows Store app** setting page, click **Enabled**, and then click **OK**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Distribute apps using your private store](distribute-apps-from-your-private-store.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage access to private store](manage-access-to-private-store.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Organizations might want to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to devices running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 2E94743B-6A49-463C-9448-B7DD19D9CD6A
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["start screen", "start menu"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: manage
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](http://windows.microsoft.com/windows-10/getstarted-see-whats-on-the-menu)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Organizations might want to deploy a customized Start and taskbar configuration to devices running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education. A standard, customized Start layout can be useful on devices that are common to multiple users and devices that are locked down for specialized purposes. Configuring the taskbar allows the organization to pin useful apps for their employees and to remove apps that are pinned by default.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>Taskbar configuration is available starting in Windows 10, version 1607.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Start options
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Some areas of Start can be managed using Group Policy. The layout of Start tiles can be managed using either Group Policy or Mobile Device Management (MDM) policy.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following table lists the different parts of Start and any applicable policy settings or Settings options. Group Policy settings are in the **User Configuration**\\**Administrative Templates**\\**Start Menu and Taskbar** path except where a different path is listed in the table.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<table>
|
|
||||||
<thead>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="header">
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Start</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Policy</th>
|
|
||||||
<th align="left">Setting</th>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</thead>
|
|
||||||
<tbody>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">User tile</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Group Policy: <strong>Remove Logoff on the Start menu</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Most used</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Group Policy: <strong>Remove frequent programs from the Start menu</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> > <strong>Show most used apps</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>Suggestions</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>-and-</p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Dynamically inserted app tile</p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>MDM: <strong>Allow Windows Consumer Features</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>Computer Configuration</strong>\\<strong>Administrative Templates</strong>\\<strong>Windows Components</strong>\\<strong>Cloud Content</strong>\\<strong>Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<div class="alert">
|
|
||||||
<strong>Note</strong>
|
|
||||||
<p>This policy also enables or disables notifications for a user's Microsoft account and app tiles from Microsoft dynamically inserted in the default Start menu.</p>
|
|
||||||
</div>
|
|
||||||
<div>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
</div></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> > <strong>Occasionally show suggestions in Start</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Recently added</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">not applicable</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> > <strong>Show recently added apps</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Pinned folders</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">not applicable</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> > <strong>Choose which folders appear on Start</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Power</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Group Policy: <strong>Remove and prevent access to the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">None</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Start layout</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>MDM: <strong>Start layout</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>Start layout</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<div class="alert">
|
|
||||||
<strong>Note</strong>
|
|
||||||
<p> When a full Start screen layout is imported with Group Policy or MDM, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from the Start screen. Users can view and open all apps in the <strong>All Apps</strong> view, but they cannot pin any apps to the Start screen. When a partial Start screen layout is imported, users cannot change the tile groups applied by the partial layout, but can modify other tile groups and create their own.</p><p><strong>Start layout</strong> policy can be used to pin apps to the taskbar based on an XML File that you provide. Users will be able to change the order of pinned apps, unpin apps, and pin additional apps to the taskbar.
|
|
||||||
</div>
|
|
||||||
<div>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
</div></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">None</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Jump lists</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Group Policy: <strong>Do not keep history of recently opened documents</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> > <strong>Show recently opened items in Jump Lists on Start or the taskbar</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="even">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Start size</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><p>MDM: <strong>Force Start size</strong></p>
|
|
||||||
<p>Group Policy: <strong>Force Start to be either full screen size or menu size</strong></p></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left"><strong>Settings</strong> > <strong>Personalization</strong> > <strong>Start</strong> > <strong>Use Start full screen</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
<tr class="odd">
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">All Settings</td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">Group Policy: <strong>Prevent changes to Taskbar and Start Menu Settings</strong></td>
|
|
||||||
<td align="left">None</td>
|
|
||||||
</tr>
|
|
||||||
</tbody>
|
|
||||||
</table>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Taskbar options
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Starting in Windows 10, version 1607, you can pin additional apps to the taskbar and remove default pinned apps from the taskbar. You can specify different taskbar configurations based on device locale or region.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There are three categories of apps that might be pinned to a taskbar:
|
|
||||||
* Apps pinned by the user
|
|
||||||
* Default Windows apps, pinned during operating system installation (Microsoft Edge, File Explorer, Store)
|
|
||||||
* Apps pinned by the enterprise, such as in an unattended Windows setup
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Note**
|
|
||||||
The earlier method of using [TaskbarLinks](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=761230) in an unattended Windows setup file is deprecated in Windows 10, version 1607.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following example shows how apps will be pinned - Windows default apps to the left (blue circle), apps pinned by the user in the center (orange triangle), and apps that you pin using XML to the right (green square).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
> **Note** In operating systems configured to use a right-to-left language, the taskbar order will be reversed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Whether you apply the taskbar configuration to a clean install or an update, users will still be able to:
|
|
||||||
* Pin additional apps
|
|
||||||
* Change the order of pinned apps
|
|
||||||
* Unpin any app
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Taskbar configuration applied to clean install of Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In a clean install, if you apply a taskbar layout, only the apps that you specify and default apps that you do not remove will be pinned to the taskbar. Users can pin additional apps to the taskbar after the layout is applied.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### Taskbar configuration applied to Windows 10 upgrades
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When a device is upgraded to Windows 10, apps will be pinned to the taskbar already. Some apps may have been pinned to the taskbar by a user, and others may have been pinned to the taskbar through a customized base image or by using Windows Unattend setup.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The new taskbar layout for upgrades to Windows 10, version 1607 or later, will apply the following behavior:
|
|
||||||
* If the user pinned the app to the taskbar, those pinned apps remain and new apps will be added to the right.
|
|
||||||
* If the user didn't pin the app (it was pinned during installation or by policy) and the app is not in updated layout file, the app will be unpinned.
|
|
||||||
* If the user didn't pin the app and the app is in the updated layout file, the app will be pinned to the right.
|
|
||||||
* New apps specified in updated layout file are pinned to right of user's pinned apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with ICD and provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
---
|
|
||||||
title: Windows Spotlight on the lock screen (Windows 10)
|
|
||||||
description: Windows Spotlight is an option for the lock screen background that displays different background images on the lock screen.
|
|
||||||
ms.assetid: 1AEA51FA-A647-4665-AD78-2F3FB27AD46A
|
|
||||||
keywords: ["lockscreen"]
|
|
||||||
ms.prod: w10
|
|
||||||
ms.mktglfcycl: explore
|
|
||||||
ms.sitesec: library
|
|
||||||
author: jdeckerMS
|
|
||||||
localizationpriority: high
|
|
||||||
---
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Windows Spotlight on the lock screen
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Applies to**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Windows 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows Spotlight is an option for the lock screen background that displays different background images and occasionally offers suggestions on the lock screen. Windows Spotlight is available in all desktop editions of Windows 10.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For managed devices running Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education, enterprise administrators can configure a mobile device management (MDM) or Group Policy setting to prevent users from using the Windows Spotlight background. For managed devices running Windows 10 Pro, version 1607, administrators can disable suggestions for third party apps.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!NOTE]
|
|
||||||
>In Windows 10, version 1607, the lock screen background does not display if you disable the **Animate windows when minimizing and mazimizing** setting in **This PC** > **Properties** > **Advanced system settings** > **Performance settings** > **Visual Effects**, or if you enable the Group Policy setting **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **Desktop Windows Manager** > **Do not allow windows animations**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## What does Windows Spotlight include?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Background image**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Windows Spotlight displays a new image on the lock screen each day. The initial background image is included during installation. Additional images are downloaded on ongoing basis.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Feature suggestions, fun facts, tips**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The lock screen background will occasionally suggest Windows 10 features that the user hasn't tried yet, such as **Snap assist**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## How do you turn off Windows Spotlight locally?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To turn off Windows Spotlight locally, go to **Settings** > **Personalization** > **Lock screen** > **Background** > **Windows spotlight** > select a different lock screen background
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## How do you disable Windows Spotlight for managed devices?
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows 10, version 1607, provides three new Group Policy settings to help you manage Windows Spotlight on enterprise computers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Cloud Content\Do not suggest third-party content in Windows spotlight** enables enterprises to restrict suggestions to Microsoft apps and services.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Windows 10 Enterprise and Education**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* **User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Cloud Content\Turn off all Windows Spotlight features** enables enterprises to completely disable all Windows Spotlight features in a single setting.
|
|
||||||
* **User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Cloud Content\Configure Spotlight on lock screen** specifically controls the use of the dynamic Windows Spotlight image on the lock screen, and can be enabled or disabled. (The Group Policy setting **Enterprise Spotlight** does not work in Windows 10, version 1607.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Windows Spotlight is enabled by default. Administrators can replace Windows Spotlight with a selected image using the Group Policy setting **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Control Panel** > **Personalization** > **Force a specific default lock screen image**.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
>[!WARNING]
|
|
||||||
> In Windows 10, version 1607, the **Force a specific default lock screen image** policy setting will prevent users from changing the lock screen image. This behavior will be corrected in a future release.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Pay attention to the checkbox in **Options**. In addition to providing the path to the lock screen image, administrators can choose to allow or **Turn off fun facts, tips, tricks, and more on lock screen**. If the checkbox is not selected, users will see the lock screen image that is defined in the policy setting, and will also see occasional messages, such as the example in the following image.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||

|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Related topics
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](../manage/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user